|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard PrŸmmer
|
|
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
|
16 * NOTE: Comment mentionning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
17 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
|
18 */
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 /*
|
|
|
21 * WARNING: Vim must be able to compile without Carbon
|
|
|
22 * As the desired minimum requirement are circa System 7
|
|
|
23 * (I want to run it on my Mac Classic) (Dany)
|
|
|
24 */
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
30 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
31 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
32 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
33 *
|
|
|
34 */
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 /* TODO: find the best place for this (Dany) */
|
|
|
37 #if 0
|
|
|
38 # if ! TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
39 /* Enable the new API functions even when not compiling for Carbon */
|
|
|
40 /* Apple recomends Universal Interface 3.3.2 or later */
|
|
|
41 # define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1
|
|
|
42 # define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1
|
|
|
43 /* Help Menu not supported by Carbon */
|
|
|
44 # define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
45 # endif
|
|
|
46 #endif
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
49 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
51 /* Enable Contextual Menu Support */
|
|
|
52 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0320
|
|
|
53 # define USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
54 #endif
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /* Put Vim Help in MacOS Help */
|
|
|
57 #define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
60 #define USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
63 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
64 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
65 #endif
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 /* The VIM creator is CodeWarior specific */
|
|
|
68 #if !(defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) || defined(__APPLE_CC__))
|
|
|
69 # define USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
70 #else
|
|
|
71 # if 0 /* Was this usefull for some compiler? (Dany) */
|
|
|
72 static OSType _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
73 static OSType _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
74 # endif
|
|
|
75 #endif
|
|
|
76
|
|
9
|
77 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
78 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
|
79
|
|
7
|
80 /* CARBON version only tested with Project Builder under MacOS X */
|
|
|
81 #undef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
82 #if (defined(__APPLE_CC__) || defined(__MRC__)) && defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
83 # if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
84 # define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 #endif
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 #undef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
89 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
90 # define USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
91 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
92 #endif
|
|
|
93
|
|
168
|
94 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
95 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
96 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
97 /* Defined in os_mac_conv.c */
|
|
|
98 extern char_u *mac_utf16_to_enc __ARGS((UniChar *from, size_t fromLen, size_t *actualLen));
|
|
|
99 extern UniChar *mac_enc_to_utf16 __ARGS((char_u *from, size_t fromLen, size_t *actualLen));
|
|
|
100 extern CFStringRef mac_enc_to_cfstring __ARGS((char_u *from, size_t fromLen));
|
|
|
101 #endif
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
104 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion;
|
|
|
105 #endif
|
|
|
106
|
|
7
|
107 /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
|
108 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
110 /* Debugging feature: use CodeWarior SIOUX */
|
|
|
111 #undef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
114 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
115 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
116 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
117 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
118 #include <StandardFile.h>
|
|
|
119 #include <Traps.h>
|
|
|
120 #endif
|
|
|
121 #include <Balloons.h>
|
|
|
122 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
123 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
124 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
125 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
126 #endif
|
|
|
127 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
128 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
129 #endif
|
|
|
130 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
131 # include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
132 # include <sioux.h>
|
|
|
133 # include <console.h>
|
|
|
134 #endif
|
|
|
135 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
136 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
137 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
138 #endif
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
140 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON && 0
|
|
|
141 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
|
142 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
143 #endif
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
145 /*
|
|
|
146 * Translate new name to old ones
|
|
|
147 * New function only available in MacOS 8.5,
|
|
|
148 * So use old one to be compatible back to System 7
|
|
|
149 */
|
|
|
150 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
151 # undef EnableMenuItem
|
|
|
152 # define EnableMenuItem EnableItem
|
|
|
153 # undef DisableMenuItem
|
|
|
154 # define DisableMenuItem DisableItem
|
|
|
155 #endif
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
157 /* Carbon does not support the Get/SetControll functions,
|
|
|
158 * use Get/SetControl32Bit instead and rename for non-carbon
|
|
|
159 * systems.
|
|
|
160 */
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
163 # undef SetControl32BitMaximum
|
|
|
164 # define SetControl32BitMaximum SetControlMaximum
|
|
|
165 # undef SetControl32BitMinimum
|
|
|
166 # define SetControl32BitMinimum SetControlMinimum
|
|
|
167 # undef SetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
168 # define SetControl32BitValue SetControlValue
|
|
|
169 # undef GetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
170 # define GetControl32BitValue GetControlValue
|
|
|
171 #endif
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 /*
|
|
|
174 * ???
|
|
|
175 */
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
177 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
178 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
179 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
180 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 /*
|
|
|
183 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
184 */
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
187 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
191 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 /* ??? */
|
|
|
194 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
195 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
196 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
197 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
198 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
201 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
202 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
203 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
204 */
|
|
|
205 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
208 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
209 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
210 #endif
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
213 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
214 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
217 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
218
|
|
13
|
219 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
220 static struct
|
|
|
221 {
|
|
|
222 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
223 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
224 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
225 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
226 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
|
227 #endif
|
|
|
228
|
|
168
|
229 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
230 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
231 ATSUStyle gFontStyle;
|
|
|
232 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet;
|
|
|
233 #endif
|
|
|
234
|
|
7
|
235 /*
|
|
|
236 * The Quickdraw global is predefined in CodeWarior
|
|
|
237 * but is not in Apple MPW
|
|
|
238 */
|
|
|
239 #if (defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__))
|
|
|
240 # if !(defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON) && TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
241 QDGlobals qd;
|
|
|
242 # endif
|
|
|
243 #endif
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
245 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
246 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
247 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
248 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
249 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
253 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
256 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
257 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
258 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
259 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
260 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
261 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
262 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
263 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
264 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
265 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
266 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
267 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
268 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
269 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
271 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
272 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
275 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
276 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
277 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
278 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
281 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
282 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
283 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
284 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
285 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
287 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
288 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
289 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
290 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
293 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
294 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
295 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
296 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
297 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
298 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
299 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
300 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
302 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 static struct
|
|
|
305 {
|
|
|
306 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
307 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
308 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
309 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
310 {
|
|
|
311 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
312 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
313 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
314 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
316 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
317 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
318 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
319 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
320 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
321 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
322 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
323 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
324 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
325 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
328 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
329 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
330 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
331 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
333 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
334 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
335 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
336 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
337 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
338 #endif
|
|
|
339 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
340 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
341 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
342 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
343 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
344 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
345 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
348 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
350 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
351 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
352 };
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
354 /*
|
|
|
355 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
356 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
357 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
358 */
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
360 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
361 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
362 #endif
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 /*
|
|
|
365 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
366 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
367 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
368 */
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
370 /*
|
|
|
371 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
372 *
|
|
|
373 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
374 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
375 *
|
|
|
376 */
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
378 char_u *C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
379 {
|
|
|
380 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
381 int len;
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
383 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
384 return NULL;
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
386 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
388 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
389 len = 255;
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
392 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
393 {
|
|
|
394 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
395 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
396 }
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 return PascalString;
|
|
|
399 }
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 /*
|
|
|
402 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
403 *
|
|
|
404 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
405 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
406 *
|
|
|
407 */
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
409 char_u *C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
410 {
|
|
|
411 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
412 int len;
|
|
|
413 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
418 len = 255;
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
421 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
422 {
|
|
|
423 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
424 {
|
|
|
425 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
426 {
|
|
|
427 c++;
|
|
|
428 }
|
|
|
429 *p = *c;
|
|
|
430 p++;
|
|
|
431 len++;
|
|
|
432 }
|
|
|
433 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
434 }
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 return PascalString;
|
|
|
437 }
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
439 /*
|
|
|
440 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
441 */
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 int_u
|
|
|
444 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
445 {
|
|
|
446 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
449 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
450 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
451 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
452 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
453 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
454 #if 0
|
|
|
455 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
456 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
457 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
458 #endif
|
|
|
459 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
460 }
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 /*
|
|
|
463 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
464 */
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 static int_u
|
|
|
467 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
468 {
|
|
|
469 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
471 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
472 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
473 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
474 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
475 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
476 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
477 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
478 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
479 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
480 #endif
|
|
|
481 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
482 }
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
485 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
486 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
487 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
488 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
489 *
|
|
|
490 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
491 */
|
|
|
492 static int
|
|
|
493 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
494 {
|
|
|
495 int pixels;
|
|
|
496 int points = 0;
|
|
|
497 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 while (*str)
|
|
|
500 {
|
|
|
501 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
502 {
|
|
|
503 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
504 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
505 continue;
|
|
|
506 }
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
509 break;
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 points *= 10;
|
|
|
512 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
513 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 ++str;
|
|
|
516 }
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
519 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
521 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
522 *end = str;
|
|
|
523 return pixels;
|
|
|
524 }
|
|
|
525
|
|
168
|
526 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
527 /*
|
|
|
528 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any
|
|
|
529 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title.
|
|
|
530 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string.
|
|
|
531 */
|
|
|
532 static CFStringRef
|
|
|
533 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu)
|
|
|
534 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
535 {
|
|
|
536 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
537 size_t menuTitleLen;
|
|
|
538 CFIndex displayLen;
|
|
|
539 CFRange mnemonicStart;
|
|
|
540 CFRange mnemonicEnd;
|
|
|
541 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName;
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
543 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname);
|
|
|
544 name = mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen);
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 if (name)
|
|
|
547 {
|
|
|
548 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized
|
|
|
549 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */
|
|
|
550 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards);
|
|
|
551 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name);
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound
|
|
|
554 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen
|
|
|
555 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name,
|
|
|
556 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic)
|
|
|
557 {
|
|
|
558 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"),
|
|
|
559 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1,
|
|
|
560 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1),
|
|
|
561 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) &&
|
|
|
562 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location)
|
|
|
563 {
|
|
|
564 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name);
|
|
|
565 if (cleanedName)
|
|
|
566 {
|
|
|
567 CFStringDelete(cleanedName,
|
|
|
568 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location,
|
|
|
569 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 -
|
|
|
570 mnemonicStart.location));
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
572 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
573 name = cleanedName;
|
|
|
574 }
|
|
|
575 }
|
|
|
576 }
|
|
|
577 }
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
579 return name;
|
|
|
580 }
|
|
|
581 #endif
|
|
|
582
|
|
7
|
583 /*
|
|
|
584 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
585 * character strings.
|
|
|
586 */
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
588 char_u **new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
|
589 {
|
|
|
590 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
591 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
592 long fileCount;
|
|
|
593 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
594 long actualSize;
|
|
|
595 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
596 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
599 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
600 if (*error)
|
|
|
601 {
|
|
|
602 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
603 printf("fname_from_AEDesc: AECountItems error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
604 #endif
|
|
|
605 return(fnames);
|
|
|
606 }
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
609 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
612 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
613 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
616 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
617 {
|
|
|
618 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
619 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
620 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
621 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
622 if (newError)
|
|
|
623 {
|
|
|
624 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
625 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
|
626 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
627 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetNthPtr error: %ld\n", (long)newError);
|
|
7
|
628 #endif
|
|
|
629 return(fnames);
|
|
|
630 }
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
633 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
634 }
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 return (fnames);
|
|
|
637 }
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 /*
|
|
|
640 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
641 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
642 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
643 */
|
|
|
644 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 /*
|
|
|
647 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
648 *
|
|
|
649 * Description
|
|
|
650 * -----------
|
|
|
651 *
|
|
|
652 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
653 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
654 *
|
|
|
655 * Event Reply
|
|
|
656 * -----------
|
|
|
657 *
|
|
|
658 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
659 *
|
|
|
660 * Remarks
|
|
|
661 * -------
|
|
|
662 *
|
|
|
663 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
664 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
665 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
666 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
667 *
|
|
|
668 */
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
671 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
672 #endif
|
|
|
673 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
674 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
675 {
|
|
|
676 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
677 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
678 };
|
|
|
679 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
680 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
681 #endif
|
|
|
682
|
|
9
|
683 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
684 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
685 {
|
|
|
686 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
687 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
688 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
689 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
690 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
691 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
693 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
694 if (error)
|
|
|
695 {
|
|
|
696 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
697 printf("KAHL_SRCH: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
698 #endif
|
|
|
699 return(error);
|
|
|
700 }
|
|
|
701
|
|
9
|
702 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
703 if (error)
|
|
|
704 {
|
|
|
705 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
706 printf("KAHL_SRCH: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
707 #endif
|
|
|
708 return(error);
|
|
|
709 }
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
711 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
712 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
713 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
714 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
715 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
718 break;
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
721 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
722 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
723 else
|
|
|
724 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
727 printf("KAHL_SRCH: file \"%#s\" {%d}", SearchData.theFile.name,SearchData.theFile.parID);
|
|
7
|
728 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
729 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
730 printf(" found. [date %lx, %lx]\n", *SearchData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 return error;
|
|
|
734 };
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 /*
|
|
|
737 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
738 *
|
|
|
739 * Description
|
|
|
740 * -----------
|
|
|
741 *
|
|
|
742 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
743 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
744 *
|
|
|
745 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
746 * ----------
|
|
|
747 *
|
|
|
748 * Event Reply
|
|
|
749 * -----------
|
|
|
750 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
751 *
|
|
|
752 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
753 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
754 *
|
|
|
755 * Remarks
|
|
|
756 * -------
|
|
|
757 *
|
|
|
758 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
759 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
760 *
|
|
|
761 */
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
763 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
764 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
765 #endif
|
|
|
766 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
767 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
768 {
|
|
|
769 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
770 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
771 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
772 };
|
|
|
773 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
774 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
775 #endif
|
|
|
776
|
|
9
|
777 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
778 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
779 {
|
|
|
780 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
781 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
782 long numFiles;
|
|
|
783 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
784 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
787
|
|
9
|
788 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
789 if (error)
|
|
|
790 {
|
|
|
791 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
792 printf("KAHL_MOD: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
793 #endif
|
|
|
794 return(error);
|
|
|
795 }
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
798 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
799 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
801 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
802 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
803 if (error)
|
|
|
804 {
|
|
|
805 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
806 printf("KAHL_MOD: AECreateList error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
807 #endif
|
|
|
808 return(error);
|
|
|
809 }
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 #if 0
|
|
|
812 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
813 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
814 printf("KAHL_MOD ReplyList: %x %x\n", replyList.descriptorType, replyList.dataHandle);
|
|
|
815 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
|
816 #endif
|
|
|
817
|
|
|
818 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
819 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
820 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
821 */
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
823 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
827 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
828 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
829 {
|
|
|
830 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
831 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
832 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
833 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
834 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
835 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
836 if (numFiles == 0)
|
|
9
|
837 printf("KAHL_MOD: ");
|
|
7
|
838 else
|
|
9
|
839 printf(", ");
|
|
|
840 printf("\"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", theFile.theFile.name, theFile.theFile.parID, theFile.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
841 if (error)
|
|
9
|
842 printf(" (%d)", error);
|
|
7
|
843 numFiles++;
|
|
|
844 #endif
|
|
|
845 };
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
847 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
848 printf("\n");
|
|
7
|
849 #endif
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
851 #if 0
|
|
|
852 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
853 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
854 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
7
|
855 #endif
|
|
|
856 #endif
|
|
|
857
|
|
|
858 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
859 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
860
|
|
|
861 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
862 if (error)
|
|
9
|
863 printf("KAHL_MOD: AEPutParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
864 #endif
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
866 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
867 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
869 return error;
|
|
|
870 };
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
872 /*
|
|
|
873 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
874 *
|
|
|
875 * Description
|
|
|
876 * -----------
|
|
|
877 *
|
|
|
878 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
879 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
880 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
881 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
882 *
|
|
|
883 * Event Reply
|
|
|
884 * -----------
|
|
|
885 *
|
|
|
886 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
887 *
|
|
|
888 * Remarks
|
|
|
889 * -------
|
|
|
890 *
|
|
|
891 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
892 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
893 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
894 * theText.
|
|
|
895 *
|
|
|
896 */
|
|
|
897
|
|
|
898 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
899 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
900 #endif
|
|
|
901 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
902 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
903 {
|
|
|
904 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
905 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
906 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
907 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
908 };
|
|
|
909 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
910 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
911 #endif
|
|
|
912
|
|
9
|
913 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
914 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
915 {
|
|
|
916 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
917 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
918 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
919 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
920 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
921 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
922 char_u *line;
|
|
|
923 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
924 long linesize;
|
|
|
925 long lineStart;
|
|
|
926 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
927 long lineno;
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
929 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 if (error)
|
|
|
932 {
|
|
|
933 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
934 printf("KAHL_GTTX: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
935 #endif
|
|
|
936 return(error);
|
|
|
937 }
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
939 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
940 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
941 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
942 {
|
|
|
943 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
944 break;
|
|
|
945 }
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
947 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
948 {
|
|
9
|
949 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
950 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
951 {
|
|
|
952 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
953 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
954 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
955 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
956 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
957 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
958 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
959 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
960 {
|
|
|
961 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
962 printf("KAHL_GTTX: SetHandleSize increase: %d, size %d\n",
|
|
7
|
963 linesize, BufferSize);
|
|
|
964 #endif
|
|
|
965 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
966 }
|
|
|
967 else
|
|
|
968 {
|
|
9
|
969 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
970 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
971 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
972 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
973 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
974 }
|
|
|
975 }
|
|
|
976 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
977 {
|
|
9
|
978 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
979 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
980 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
981 }
|
|
|
982 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
983 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
984 else
|
|
9
|
985 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
986 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
987 }
|
|
|
988 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
989 printf("KAHL_GTTX: file \"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", GetTextData.theFile.name, GetTextData.theFile.parID, *GetTextData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
990 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
991 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
992 printf(" found. (BufferSize = %d)\n", BufferSize);
|
|
|
993 #endif
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
995 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
996 if (error)
|
|
|
997 {
|
|
|
998 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
999 printf("KAHL_GTTX: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1000 #endif
|
|
|
1001 return(error);
|
|
|
1002 }
|
|
|
1003
|
|
|
1004 return(error);
|
|
|
1005 }
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 /*
|
|
|
1008 *
|
|
|
1009 */
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
9
|
1012 pascal OSErr FindProcessBySignature(const OSType targetType,
|
|
7
|
1013 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
9
|
1014 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
1015 {
|
|
|
1016 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
1017 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
1018
|
|
|
1019 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
1020
|
|
9
|
1021 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
1022 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
1023 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
1026 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
1027
|
|
9
|
1028 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
1029 {
|
|
9
|
1030 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
1031 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
1032 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
1033 else
|
|
|
1034 {
|
|
9
|
1035 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
1036 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
1037 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
1038 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
1039 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
1040 }
|
|
|
1041 }
|
|
|
1042
|
|
|
1043 return anErr;
|
|
|
1044 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
1045
|
|
9
|
1046 void
|
|
|
1047 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
1048 {
|
|
9
|
1049 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
1050 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
1051 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
1052 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
1053 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
1054 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
1055 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
1056 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
1057
|
|
|
1058
|
|
9
|
1059 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
7
|
1060 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1061 printf("CodeWarrior is");
|
|
7
|
1062 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
9
|
1063 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
1064 printf(" running\n");
|
|
|
1065 #endif
|
|
|
1066 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
1067 {
|
|
9
|
1068 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
1069 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
1072 {
|
|
|
1073 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
1074 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
1075 }
|
|
|
1076
|
|
9
|
1077 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
1078
|
|
|
1079 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
1080 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
1081 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
1084 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
1085
|
|
|
1086 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
1087 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
1088 else
|
|
|
1089 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
1090
|
|
9
|
1091 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
1092 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
1093 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
1094 {
|
|
|
1095 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1096 printf("KAHL_MOD: Send error: %d\n", anErr);
|
|
|
1097 #endif
|
|
|
1098 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
1099 }
|
|
9
|
1100 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
1101 }
|
|
|
1102 }
|
|
|
1103 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
1104
|
|
|
1105 /*
|
|
|
1106 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1107 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1108 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1109 */
|
|
|
1110 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
1111
|
|
|
1112 /*
|
|
|
1113 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
1114 */
|
|
|
1115
|
|
9
|
1116 OSErr
|
|
|
1117 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
1118 {
|
|
|
1119 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1120 long actualSize;
|
|
|
1121 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
1122 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
1125 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
1126 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
1127 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
1128 &actualSize);
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
1131 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1132 {
|
|
|
1133 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1134 }
|
|
|
1135 else
|
|
|
1136 {
|
|
|
1137 #if 0
|
|
|
1138 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
1139 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
1140 #endif
|
|
|
1141 }
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 return error;
|
|
|
1144 }
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146
|
|
|
1147 /*
|
|
|
1148 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
1149 *
|
|
|
1150 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
1151 *
|
|
|
1152 */
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1155 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
1156 #endif
|
|
|
1157 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
1158 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
1159 {
|
|
|
1160 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1161 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1162 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1163 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1164 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1165 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1166 };
|
|
|
1167 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1168 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
1169 #endif
|
|
|
1170
|
|
|
1171 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1172 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1173 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1174 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1175 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1176 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1177 */
|
|
|
1178
|
|
9
|
1179 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1180 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1181 {
|
|
|
1182 /*
|
|
|
1183 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1184 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1185 */
|
|
|
1186 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1187 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1188 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1189 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1190 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1191 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1192 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1193 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1194 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1195 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1196 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1197 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1198 long lnum;
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1201 printf("aevt_odoc:\n");
|
|
7
|
1202 #endif
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1205 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1206 if (error)
|
|
|
1207 {
|
|
|
1208 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1209 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamDesc error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1210 #endif
|
|
|
1211 return(error);
|
|
|
1212 }
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214
|
|
|
1215 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1216 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1217 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1218 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1219 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1220 if (error)
|
|
|
1221 {
|
|
|
1222 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1223 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamPtr error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1224 #endif
|
|
|
1225 return(error);
|
|
|
1226 }
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1229 printf("aevt_odoc: lineNum: %d, startRange %ld, endRange %ld, [date %lx]\n",
|
|
|
1230 (int)thePosition.lineNum,
|
|
|
1231 (long)thePosition.startRange, (long)thePosition.endRange,
|
|
|
1232 (long)thePosition.theDate);
|
|
7
|
1233 #endif
|
|
|
1234 /*
|
|
|
1235 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1238 {
|
|
|
1239 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1240 {
|
|
|
1241 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1242 }
|
|
|
1243 else
|
|
|
1244 {
|
|
|
1245 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1246 }
|
|
|
1247 }
|
|
|
1248 */
|
|
|
1249
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1252 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1253 #endif
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 if (error)
|
|
|
1258 {
|
|
|
1259 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1260 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1261 return (error);
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263
|
|
|
1264 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1265 {
|
|
|
1266 int i;
|
|
|
1267 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1270 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1271 {
|
|
|
1272 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1273 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1274 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1275 else
|
|
|
1276 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
|
1277 }
|
|
|
1278 goto finished;
|
|
|
1279 }
|
|
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1282 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1283
|
|
|
1284 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1285 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1286 {
|
|
|
1287 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1288 {
|
|
37
|
1289 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1290 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1291 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1292 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1293 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1294 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1295 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1296 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1297 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1298 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1299 }
|
|
|
1300 else
|
|
|
1301 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1302 }
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1305 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1306 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1307 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1308 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1309 {
|
|
168
|
1310 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1311 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1312 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1313 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
37
|
1314 {
|
|
168
|
1315 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1316 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1317 }
|
|
|
1318 else
|
|
37
|
1319 {
|
|
168
|
1320 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1321 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1322 }
|
|
37
|
1323 }
|
|
|
1324 #endif
|
|
7
|
1325 setcursor();
|
|
|
1326 out_flush();
|
|
|
1327
|
|
37
|
1328 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1329 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1330
|
|
7
|
1331 finished:
|
|
|
1332 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1333
|
|
9
|
1334 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1335 if (error)
|
|
|
1336 {
|
|
|
1337 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1338 printf("aevt_odoc: HandleUnusedParms error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1339 #endif
|
|
|
1340 return(error);
|
|
|
1341 }
|
|
|
1342 return(error);
|
|
|
1343 }
|
|
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 /*
|
|
|
1346 *
|
|
|
1347 */
|
|
|
1348
|
|
9
|
1349 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1350 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1351 {
|
|
|
1352 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1353
|
|
|
1354 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1355 printf("aevt_oapp:\n");
|
|
|
1356 #endif
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1359 if (error)
|
|
|
1360 {
|
|
|
1361 return(error);
|
|
|
1362 }
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364 return(error);
|
|
|
1365 }
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 /*
|
|
|
1368 *
|
|
|
1369 */
|
|
|
1370
|
|
9
|
1371 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1372 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1377 printf("aevt_quit\n");
|
|
|
1378 #endif
|
|
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1381 if (error)
|
|
|
1382 {
|
|
|
1383 return(error);
|
|
|
1384 }
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1387 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1388
|
|
|
1389 return(error);
|
|
|
1390 }
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 /*
|
|
|
1393 *
|
|
|
1394 */
|
|
|
1395
|
|
9
|
1396 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1397 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1398 {
|
|
|
1399 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1402 printf("aevt_pdoc:\n");
|
|
|
1403 #endif
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1406 if (error)
|
|
|
1407 {
|
|
|
1408 return(error);
|
|
|
1409 }
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 return(error);
|
|
|
1412 }
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 /*
|
|
|
1415 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1416 *
|
|
|
1417 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1418 */
|
|
9
|
1419 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1420 Handle_unknown_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1421 {
|
|
|
1422 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1425 printf("Unknown Event: %x\n", theAEvent->descriptorType);
|
|
|
1426 #endif
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1429 if (error)
|
|
|
1430 {
|
|
|
1431 return(error);
|
|
|
1432 }
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 return(error);
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436
|
|
|
1437
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
1440 # define NewAEEventHandlerProc(x) NewAEEventHandlerUPP(x)
|
|
|
1441 #endif
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 /*
|
|
|
1444 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1445 */
|
|
9
|
1446 OSErr
|
|
|
1447 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1448 {
|
|
|
1449 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1450
|
|
|
1451 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1452 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
|
1453 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1454 if (error)
|
|
|
1455 {
|
|
|
1456 return error;
|
|
|
1457 }
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1460 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
|
1461 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1462 if (error)
|
|
|
1463 {
|
|
|
1464 return error;
|
|
|
1465 }
|
|
|
1466
|
|
|
1467 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1468 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
|
1469 NewAEEventHandlerProc(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1470 if (error)
|
|
|
1471 {
|
|
|
1472 return error;
|
|
|
1473 }
|
|
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1476 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
|
1477 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1478
|
|
|
1479 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1480 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
|
1481 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
|
1484 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
|
1487 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
|
1490 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
|
1493 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
|
1496 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
|
1499 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
|
1502 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
|
1503
|
|
|
1504 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
|
1505 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1506
|
|
|
1507 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
|
1508 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
|
1511 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
|
1514 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1515
|
|
|
1516 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
|
1517 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1518 */
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1521 /*
|
|
|
1522 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1523 */
|
|
|
1524 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
|
1525 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1526 if (error)
|
|
|
1527 {
|
|
|
1528 return error;
|
|
|
1529 }
|
|
|
1530 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
|
1531 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1532 if (error)
|
|
|
1533 {
|
|
|
1534 return error;
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
|
1537 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1538 if (error)
|
|
|
1539 {
|
|
|
1540 return error;
|
|
|
1541 }
|
|
|
1542 #endif
|
|
|
1543
|
|
|
1544 return error;
|
|
|
1545
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1548
|
|
13
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1553 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1554 */
|
|
|
1555 static OSStatus
|
|
|
1556 FontPanelHandler(EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1557 void *inUserData)
|
|
|
1558 {
|
|
|
1559 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1560 {
|
|
|
1561 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1562 return noErr;
|
|
|
1563 }
|
|
|
1564
|
|
|
1565 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1566 {
|
|
|
1567 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1568 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1569 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1570 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1573 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1574 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1575 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1576 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1577 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1578 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1579
|
|
|
1580 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1581 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1582 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1583 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1584 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1585
|
|
|
1586 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1587 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1588 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1589 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1590 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1591 }
|
|
|
1592 return noErr;
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 static void
|
|
|
1597 InstallFontPanelHandler()
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1600 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1601 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1604 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1605 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1606 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1607
|
|
|
1608 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1609
|
|
|
1610 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1611 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1612 }
|
|
|
1613
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 /*
|
|
|
1616 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1617 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1618 */
|
|
168
|
1619 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32
|
|
13
|
1620 static void
|
|
|
1621 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u* outName)
|
|
|
1622 {
|
|
168
|
1623 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1624 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0;
|
|
|
1625 ATSUFontID fid;
|
|
|
1626 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
13
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1629 return;
|
|
|
1630
|
|
168
|
1631 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr)
|
|
|
1632 {
|
|
|
1633 /* Canonicalize localized font names */
|
|
|
1634 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family,
|
|
|
1635 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1636 return;
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could
|
|
|
1639 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */
|
|
|
1640 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform,
|
|
|
1641 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
1642 255, outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1643 return;
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is
|
|
|
1646 * already part of the font full name */
|
|
|
1647 snprintf(styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d",
|
|
|
1648 gFontPanelInfo.size/*,
|
|
|
1649 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""),
|
|
|
1650 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""),
|
|
|
1651 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/);
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255)
|
|
|
1654 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString);
|
|
|
1655 }
|
|
|
1656 else
|
|
|
1657 {
|
|
|
1658 *outName = NULL;
|
|
|
1659 }
|
|
13
|
1660 }
|
|
|
1661 #endif
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663
|
|
7
|
1664 /*
|
|
|
1665 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1666 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1667 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1668 */
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 /*
|
|
|
1671 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1672 *
|
|
|
1673 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1674 */
|
|
|
1675 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
9
|
1676 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1677 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1678 {
|
|
|
1679 short index;
|
|
|
1680 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1681 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1682
|
|
|
1683 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1684 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1685 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1686 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1687 *
|
|
|
1688 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1689 */
|
|
|
1690 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1691 {
|
|
|
1692 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1693 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1694 index = 1;
|
|
|
1695 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1696 {
|
|
|
1697 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1698 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1699 index++;
|
|
|
1700 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1701 }
|
|
|
1702 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1703 /* Adjust index in help menu (for predefined ones) */
|
|
|
1704 if (itemIndex != -1)
|
|
|
1705 if (pMenu->parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1706 itemIndex += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1707 #endif
|
|
|
1708 }
|
|
|
1709 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
9
|
1713 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menuID, itemIndex, pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1714 short menuID;
|
|
|
1715 short itemIndex;
|
|
|
1716 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1717 {
|
|
|
1718 short index;
|
|
|
1719 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1720 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1724 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1725 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1726 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1727 *
|
|
|
1728 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1729 */
|
|
|
1730
|
|
|
1731 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1732 {
|
|
|
1733 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1734 if (menuID == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1735 itemIndex -= gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1736 #endif
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1739 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1740 }
|
|
|
1741 else
|
|
|
1742 {
|
|
|
1743 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1744 {
|
|
|
1745 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1746 {
|
|
|
1747 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1748 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1749 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1750 {
|
|
|
1751 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1752 break;
|
|
|
1753 }
|
|
|
1754 }
|
|
|
1755 }
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1758 }
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 /*
|
|
|
1761 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1762 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1763 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1764 */
|
|
|
1765 pascal
|
|
|
1766 void
|
|
9
|
1767 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1768 {
|
|
|
1769 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1770 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1771 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1772 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1775
|
|
9
|
1776 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1779 return;
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1782 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1783 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1786 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1787 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1788 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1789 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1790 }
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 pascal
|
|
|
1793 void
|
|
9
|
1794 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1795 {
|
|
|
1796 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1797 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1798 long data;
|
|
|
1799 long value;
|
|
|
1800 int page;
|
|
|
1801 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1802 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1803
|
|
9
|
1804 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1807 return;
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1810 {
|
|
|
1811 /*
|
|
|
1812 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1813 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1814 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1815 */
|
|
|
1816 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1819 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1820 else
|
|
|
1821 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1822 }
|
|
|
1823 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1824 {
|
|
|
1825 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1826 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1827 }
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1830 {
|
|
|
1831 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1832 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1833 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1834 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1835 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1836 }
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1839 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1840 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1841 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1842 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1845 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1846 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1847 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1848 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 out_flush();
|
|
|
1851 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1854 {
|
|
|
1855 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1856 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1859 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1860 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1861
|
|
|
1862 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1863 {
|
|
|
1864 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1865 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1866 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1867 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1868 }
|
|
|
1869 }*/
|
|
|
1870 }
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 /*
|
|
|
1873 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1874 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1875 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1876 */
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878
|
|
|
1879 /*
|
|
|
1880 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1881 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1882 *
|
|
|
1883 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1884 */
|
|
|
1885 void
|
|
9
|
1886 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1887 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1888 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1889 {
|
|
|
1890 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1891 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1892 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1893 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1894 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1895 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1896
|
|
|
1897 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1898 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1899 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
1901 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1904 {
|
|
|
1905 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1906
|
|
|
1907 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1908 {
|
|
|
1909 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1910 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1911 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1912 }
|
|
|
1913 else
|
|
|
1914 {
|
|
|
1915 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1916 #if 1
|
|
|
1917 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1918 #else
|
|
|
1919 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1920 #endif
|
|
|
1921 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1922 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1923 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1924 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1925 }
|
|
|
1926 }
|
|
|
1927 else
|
|
|
1928 {
|
|
|
1929 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1932 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1935 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
1937 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1938 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
|
1939 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 if ((gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu) && (mouse_model_popup()))
|
|
|
1942 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1943 {
|
|
|
1944 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1945 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1946 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1947 }
|
|
|
1948 #endif
|
|
|
1949
|
|
|
1950 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1951 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1952
|
|
|
1953 /* Send the mouse clicj to Vim */
|
|
|
1954 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1955 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1956
|
|
|
1957 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1958 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1959 */
|
|
|
1960 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1961 #if 0
|
|
|
1962 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1963 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1964 */
|
|
|
1965 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1966 #endif
|
|
|
1967 #endif
|
|
|
1968 {
|
|
9
|
1969 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1970 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1971 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1972 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1975 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1976 }
|
|
|
1977 }
|
|
|
1978 }
|
|
|
1979
|
|
|
1980 /*
|
|
|
1981 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1982 */
|
|
|
1983 void
|
|
9
|
1984 gui_mac_doInDragClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1985 Point where;
|
|
|
1986 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1987 {
|
|
|
1988 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1989 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
|
1992 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
1993 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
7
|
1994 #else
|
|
|
1995 movingLimitsPtr = &(*GetGrayRgn())->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
1996 #endif
|
|
9
|
1997 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1998 }
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 /*
|
|
|
2001 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
2002 */
|
|
|
2003 void
|
|
|
2004 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
|
2005 Point where;
|
|
|
2006 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2007 {
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009 long newSize;
|
|
|
2010 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
2011 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
2012 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
2013 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
2014 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2015 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
2016
|
|
9
|
2017 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
2018 #else
|
|
|
2019 resizeLimits = qd.screenBits.bounds;
|
|
|
2020 #endif
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 /* Set the minimun size */
|
|
|
2023 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
2024 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
2025 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2028 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
2029 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
2030 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
2031 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
2032 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2033 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
2034 #else
|
|
|
2035 newSize = GrowWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits);
|
|
|
2036 if (newSize != 0)
|
|
|
2037 {
|
|
|
2038 newWidth = newSize & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
2039 newHeight = (newSize >> 16) & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
2040
|
|
|
2041 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2042
|
|
|
2043 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 /*
|
|
|
2046 * We need to call gui_set_shellsize as the size
|
|
|
2047 * used by Vim may be smaller than the size selected
|
|
|
2048 * by the user. This cause some overhead
|
|
|
2049 * TODO: add a check inside gui_resize_shell?
|
|
|
2050 */
|
|
|
2051 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 /*
|
|
|
2054 * Origin of the code below is unknown.
|
|
|
2055 * Functionality is unknown.
|
|
|
2056 * Time of commented out is unknown.
|
|
|
2057 */
|
|
|
2058 /* SetPort(wp);
|
|
|
2059 InvalRect(&wp->portRect);
|
|
|
2060 if (isUserWindow(wp)) {
|
|
|
2061 DrawingWindowPeek aWindow = (DrawingWindowPeek)wp;
|
|
|
2062
|
|
|
2063 if (aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc)
|
|
|
2064 CallToolWindowResizedProc(aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc, wp);
|
|
|
2065 }*/
|
|
|
2066 };
|
|
|
2067 #endif
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 }
|
|
|
2070
|
|
|
2071 /*
|
|
|
2072 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
2073 */
|
|
|
2074 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2075 static void
|
|
|
2076 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
|
2077 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2078 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2079 {
|
|
|
2080 Rect r;
|
|
|
2081 Point p;
|
|
|
2082 short thePart;
|
|
|
2083
|
|
|
2084 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
2085 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
2086 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
2087 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
2088 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
2089 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
2090 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
2091 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
2094 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
2097 return;
|
|
|
2098
|
|
|
2099 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
2100 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
2101 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
2102 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
2103 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
2104 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
2105 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
2106 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
2107 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
2108 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
2111
|
|
|
2112 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
2113 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
2114 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2115 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
2116 }
|
|
|
2117 #endif /* defined(USE_CARBONIZED) */
|
|
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 /*
|
|
|
2120 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2121 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
2122 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2123 */
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 /*
|
|
|
2126 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
2127 */
|
|
|
2128
|
|
|
2129 void
|
|
|
2130 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2131 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2132 {
|
|
|
2133 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2134 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
2135 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
2136 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2137 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
2138 #endif
|
|
|
2139 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
2140 Rect rc;
|
|
|
2141 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
2142 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144
|
|
|
2145 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2146 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2147 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
2148 return;
|
|
|
2149 #endif
|
|
|
2150
|
|
|
2151 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
2152 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
2153 */
|
|
|
2154 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
2157 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
|
2160 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2161 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2162 #else
|
|
9
|
2163 SetPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2164 #endif
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
2167 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2168 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
2169 * to be updated.
|
|
|
2170 */
|
|
|
2171 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2172 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
2173 # if 0
|
|
|
2174 /* Would be more appropriate to use the follwing but doesn't
|
|
|
2175 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
2176 */
|
|
|
2177 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
2178 # endif
|
|
|
2179 #else
|
|
|
2180 updateRgn = whichWindow->visRgn;
|
|
|
2181 #endif
|
|
|
2182 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
2183 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2184 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2185 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
2186 # if 0
|
|
|
2187 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
2188 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
2189 */
|
|
|
2190 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
2191 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
2192 # endif
|
|
|
2193 #else
|
|
|
2194 updateRectPtr = &(*updateRgn)->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
2195 #endif
|
|
|
2196 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
2197 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
2198 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
2199 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
2200 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
2201 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2202 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
2203 {
|
|
9
|
2204 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
2205 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2206 }
|
|
|
2207 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
2208 {
|
|
9
|
2209 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
2210 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
2213 {
|
|
9
|
2214 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
2215 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
2216 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2217 }
|
|
|
2218 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
9
|
2220 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
2221 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
2222 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2223 }
|
|
9
|
2224 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2225 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2226 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2227 #endif
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
2230 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2231
|
|
|
2232 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
2233 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
2234 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2235 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2236 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
|
2237 #else
|
|
|
2238 growRect = whichWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
2239 growRect.top = growRect.bottom - 15;
|
|
|
2240 growRect.left = growRect.right - 15;
|
|
|
2241 #endif
|
|
9
|
2242 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2243 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
2244 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
2245 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2246 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2247 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
2250 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252
|
|
|
2253 /*
|
|
|
2254 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
2255 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
2256 */
|
|
|
2257 void
|
|
|
2258 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2259 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2260 {
|
|
|
2261 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2262
|
|
|
2263 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2264 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
2265 /* Activate */
|
|
|
2266 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2267 else
|
|
|
2268 {
|
|
|
2269 /* Deactivate */
|
|
|
2270 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2271 /* DON'T KNOW what the code below was doing
|
|
|
2272 found in the deactivate clause, but the
|
|
|
2273 clause writting TRUE into in_focus (BUG)
|
|
|
2274 */
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 #if 0 /* Removed by Dany as per above June 2001 */
|
|
|
2277 a_bool = false;
|
|
9
|
2278 SetPreserveGlyph(a_bool);
|
|
|
2279 SetOutlinePreferred(a_bool);
|
|
7
|
2280 #endif
|
|
|
2281 }
|
|
|
2282 }
|
|
|
2283
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 /*
|
|
|
2286 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
2287 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
2288 */
|
|
|
2289 void
|
|
|
2290 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event)
|
|
|
2291 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2292 {
|
|
|
2293 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
2296 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
2297 */
|
|
|
2298
|
|
|
2299 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
|
2300 * get an activate/desactivate event
|
|
|
2301 */
|
|
|
2302 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2303 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2304 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2305 else
|
|
|
2306 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2307 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2308 }
|
|
|
2309
|
|
|
2310 /*
|
|
|
2311 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2312 */
|
|
168
|
2313 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
2314 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80
|
|
|
2315 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2316 gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2317 void *data)
|
|
|
2318 {
|
|
|
2319 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */
|
|
|
2320 OSStatus e = -1;
|
|
|
2321 UInt32 actualSize;
|
|
|
2322 UniChar *text;
|
|
|
2323 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
|
2324 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2325 UInt32 key_sym;
|
|
|
2326 char charcode;
|
|
|
2327 int key_char;
|
|
|
2328 UInt32 modifiers;
|
|
|
2329 size_t encLen;
|
|
|
2330 char_u *to = NULL;
|
|
|
2331 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE;
|
|
|
2332 int i;
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2335 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2336 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 do
|
|
|
2339 {
|
|
|
2340 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2341 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL))
|
|
|
2342 break;
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize);
|
|
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 if (text)
|
|
|
2347 {
|
|
|
2348 do
|
|
|
2349 {
|
|
|
2350 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent,
|
|
|
2351 kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2352 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text))
|
|
|
2353 break;
|
|
|
2354 EventRef keyEvent;
|
|
|
2355 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent,
|
|
|
2356 kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent,
|
|
|
2357 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent))
|
|
|
2358 break;
|
|
|
2359 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2360 kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2361 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers))
|
|
|
2362 break;
|
|
|
2363 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2364 kEventParamKeyCode,
|
|
|
2365 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym))
|
|
|
2366 break;
|
|
|
2367 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2368 kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes,
|
|
|
2369 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode))
|
|
|
2370 break;
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 key_char = charcode;
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 if (modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
|
2375 {
|
|
|
2376 if ((modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2377 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2378 {
|
|
|
2379 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2380 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2381 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2382 else
|
|
|
2383 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 text[0] = (UniChar)key_char;
|
|
|
2386 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2387 }
|
|
|
2388 }
|
|
|
2389
|
|
|
2390 if (modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2391 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
2392 break; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */
|
|
|
2393 #else
|
|
|
2394 {
|
|
|
2395 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2396 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2397 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2398
|
|
|
2399 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2400 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers);
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate modifiers
|
|
|
2403 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */
|
|
|
2404
|
|
|
2405 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2406
|
|
|
2407 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g.,
|
|
|
2408 * '(' and '*' */
|
|
|
2409 if (key_char < 0x100 &&
|
|
|
2410 !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char))
|
|
|
2411 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2412
|
|
|
2413 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
|
2414 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2415 if (key_char == CSI)
|
|
|
2416 key_char = K_CSI;
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 if (modifiers)
|
|
|
2419 {
|
|
|
2420 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2421 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2422 result[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2423 }
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427 #endif
|
|
|
2428 else
|
|
|
2429 {
|
|
|
2430 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */
|
|
|
2431 if (!(actualSize > sizeof(UniChar)) &&
|
|
|
2432 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f)))
|
|
|
2433 {
|
|
|
2434 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i)
|
|
|
2435 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2436 {
|
|
|
2437 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2438 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
|
2439 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,
|
|
|
2440 (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2441 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2442 break;
|
|
|
2443 }
|
|
|
2444 }
|
|
|
2445 }
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2448 {
|
|
|
2449 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2450 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2451 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
|
2452 }
|
|
|
2453 else
|
|
|
2454 {
|
|
|
2455 encLen = actualSize;
|
|
|
2456 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
2457 }
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 if (to)
|
|
|
2460 {
|
|
|
2461 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */
|
|
|
2462 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i)
|
|
|
2463 {
|
|
|
2464 result[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2465 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2466 {
|
|
|
2467 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2468 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2472 }
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 add_to_input_buf(result, len);
|
|
|
2475 e = noErr;
|
|
|
2476 }
|
|
|
2477 while (0);
|
|
|
2478
|
|
|
2479 vim_free(text);
|
|
|
2480 if (e == noErr)
|
|
|
2481 {
|
|
|
2482 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get
|
|
|
2483 * key repeat working */
|
|
|
2484 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2485 return noErr;
|
|
|
2486 }
|
|
|
2487 }
|
|
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489 while (0);
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2492 }
|
|
|
2493 #else
|
|
7
|
2494 void
|
|
|
2495 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2496 {
|
|
|
2497 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2498 long menu;
|
|
|
2499 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2500 short num, i;
|
|
|
2501 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2502 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2503 int key_char;
|
|
|
2504 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2505 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2506
|
|
|
2507 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2508 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2509 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2510
|
|
|
2511 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2512 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2513 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2514 num = 1;
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2517 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2518 {
|
|
7
|
2519 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2520 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2521 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2522 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2523 {
|
|
|
2524 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2525 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2526 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2527 else
|
|
|
2528 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2529 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2530 }
|
|
|
2531 }
|
|
7
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2534 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2535 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2536 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2539 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2540 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2541 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2542 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2543 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2544 {
|
|
|
2545 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2546 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2547 {
|
|
|
2548 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2549 return;
|
|
|
2550 }
|
|
|
2551 }
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2554 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2555
|
|
|
2556
|
|
|
2557 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2558 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2559 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2560 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2561 #endif
|
|
|
2562 {
|
|
|
2563 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2564 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2565 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2566 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2567 {
|
|
|
2568 # if 0
|
|
|
2569 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2570 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2571 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2572 else
|
|
|
2573 # endif
|
|
9
|
2574 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2575 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2576 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2577 break;
|
|
|
2578 }
|
|
|
2579 }
|
|
|
2580
|
|
26
|
2581 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2582 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2583 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2586 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2587 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2588 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2589 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2590 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2591 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2592 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2593 {
|
|
|
2594 #if 1
|
|
|
2595 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2596 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2597 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2598 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2599 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2600 #else
|
|
9
|
2601 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2602 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2603 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2604 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2605 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2606 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2607 #endif
|
|
|
2608 }
|
|
9
|
2609 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2610 {
|
|
9
|
2611 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2612 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2613 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2614 }
|
|
|
2615
|
|
9
|
2616 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2617 {
|
|
9
|
2618 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2619 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2620 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2621 }
|
|
|
2622 else
|
|
|
2623 {
|
|
|
2624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2625 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2626 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2627 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2628 {
|
|
|
2629 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2630 int l;
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2633 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2634 l = 1;
|
|
|
2635 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2636 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2637 {
|
|
|
2638 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2639 {
|
|
|
2640 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2641 {
|
|
|
2642 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2643 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2644 }
|
|
|
2645 else
|
|
|
2646 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2649 }
|
|
|
2650 else
|
|
|
2651 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2652 }
|
|
|
2653 else
|
|
|
2654 #endif
|
|
|
2655 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2656 }
|
|
|
2657
|
|
|
2658 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2659 {
|
|
|
2660 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2661 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2662 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2663 }
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2666 }
|
|
168
|
2667 #endif
|
|
7
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 /*
|
|
|
2670 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2671 */
|
|
|
2672 void
|
|
9
|
2673 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2674 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2675 {
|
|
|
2676 short thePart;
|
|
|
2677 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2678
|
|
9
|
2679 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2682 {
|
|
|
2683 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2684 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2685 break;
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2688 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2689 break;
|
|
|
2690
|
|
|
2691 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2692 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2693 break;
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2696 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2697 break;
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2700 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2701 break;
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2704 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2705 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2706 break;
|
|
|
2707
|
|
|
2708 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2709 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2710 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2711 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2712 #endif
|
|
|
2713 break;
|
|
|
2714 }
|
|
|
2715 }
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 /*
|
|
|
2718 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2719 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2720 */
|
|
|
2721 void
|
|
9
|
2722 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event)
|
|
7
|
2723 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2724 {
|
|
|
2725 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2726 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2729 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2730 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
2732 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2733 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2734 else
|
|
|
2735 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2736 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2737 #endif
|
|
|
2738 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2739 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2740
|
|
|
2741 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2742 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2743 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2744 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2745 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2748 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 }
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 /*
|
|
|
2753 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2754 */
|
|
|
2755 void
|
|
9
|
2756 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2757 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2758 {
|
|
|
2759 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2760 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2763 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2764 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2765 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2766 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2767 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2768 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2771 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2772 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2773 {
|
|
|
2774 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2775 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2776 }
|
|
|
2777 #endif
|
|
9
|
2778 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2779 }
|
|
|
2780
|
|
|
2781 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
2782 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2783 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2784 void *data)
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2787 Point point;
|
|
|
2788 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2789 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2790 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2791 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
|
2792
|
|
|
2793 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2794 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2795 goto bail;
|
|
|
2796 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2797 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2798 goto bail;
|
|
|
2799 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2800 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2801 goto bail;
|
|
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2804 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2805 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2806 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2807 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2808 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2809 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2810
|
|
|
2811 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2812 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2813 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2814 goto bail;
|
|
|
2815 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2816 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2817 goto bail;
|
|
|
2818
|
|
37
|
2819 ReleaseEvent(bogusEvent);
|
|
|
2820
|
|
7
|
2821 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2822 {
|
|
|
2823 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2824 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2825 }
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2828 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 return noErr;
|
|
|
2831
|
|
|
2832 bail:
|
|
|
2833 /*
|
|
|
2834 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2835 * it's actions
|
|
|
2836 */
|
|
|
2837 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2838 }
|
|
|
2839 #endif /* defined(USE_MOUSEWHEEL) */
|
|
|
2840
|
|
|
2841 #if 0
|
|
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 /*
|
|
|
2844 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2845 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2846 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2847 */
|
|
|
2848 void
|
|
|
2849 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2850 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2851 {
|
|
|
2852 /*
|
|
|
2853 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2854 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2855 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2856 */
|
|
|
2857
|
|
|
2858 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2859 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2862 return;
|
|
|
2863
|
|
|
2864 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2865 {
|
|
|
2866 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2867 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2868 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2869 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2870 }
|
|
|
2871 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2872 {
|
|
|
2873 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2874 }
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 }
|
|
|
2877 #endif
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 /*
|
|
|
2880 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2881 */
|
|
|
2882 void
|
|
|
2883 gui_mac_handle_menu(menuChoice)
|
|
|
2884 long menuChoice;
|
|
|
2885 {
|
|
|
2886 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2887 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2888 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2889 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2890 MenuHandle appleMenu;
|
|
|
2891 Str255 itemName;
|
|
|
2892 #endif
|
|
|
2893
|
|
|
2894 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2895 {
|
|
|
2896 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2897 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2898 else
|
|
|
2899 {
|
|
|
2900 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2901 /* Desk Accessory doesn't exist in Carbon */
|
|
9
|
2902 appleMenu = GetMenuHandle(menu);
|
|
|
2903 GetMenuItemText(appleMenu, item, itemName);
|
|
|
2904 (void) OpenDeskAcc(itemName);
|
|
7
|
2905 #endif
|
|
|
2906 }
|
|
|
2907 }
|
|
|
2908 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2909 {
|
|
|
2910 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2913 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2914 }
|
|
9
|
2915 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2916 }
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 /*
|
|
|
2919 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2920 */
|
|
|
2921
|
|
|
2922 void
|
|
9
|
2923 gui_mac_handle_event(event)
|
|
7
|
2924 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2925 {
|
|
|
2926 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
|
2929 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2930 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2931 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2932 {
|
|
|
2933 # if 0
|
|
|
2934 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
|
2935 # else
|
|
|
2936 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2937 # endif
|
|
|
2938 return;
|
|
|
2939 }
|
|
|
2940 #endif
|
|
|
2941
|
|
|
2942 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2943 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2944 {
|
|
168
|
2945 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
7
|
2946 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2947 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2948 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2949 break;
|
|
168
|
2950 #endif
|
|
7
|
2951 case (keyUp):
|
|
|
2952 /* We don't care about when the key get release */
|
|
|
2953 break;
|
|
|
2954
|
|
|
2955 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2956 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2957 break;
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2960 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2961 break;
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2964 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2965 break;
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2968 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2969 break;
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2972 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2973 break;
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2976 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2977 {
|
|
|
2978 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2979 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2980 break;
|
|
|
2981 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2982 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2983 break;
|
|
|
2984 }
|
|
|
2985 break;
|
|
|
2986
|
|
|
2987 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2988 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2989 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2990 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2991 break;
|
|
|
2992 #endif
|
|
|
2993 }
|
|
|
2994 }
|
|
|
2995
|
|
|
2996 /*
|
|
|
2997 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2998 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2999 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3000 */
|
|
|
3001
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 GuiFont
|
|
9
|
3004 gui_mac_find_font(font_name)
|
|
7
|
3005 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
3006 {
|
|
|
3007 char_u c;
|
|
|
3008 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3009 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
3010 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
3011 short font_id;
|
|
|
3012 short size=9;
|
|
|
3013 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3014 #if 0
|
|
|
3015 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
3016 #endif
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
3019 ;
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 c = *p;
|
|
|
3022 *p = 0;
|
|
|
3023
|
|
|
3024 #if 1
|
|
|
3025 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
3026 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
3027 *p = c;
|
|
|
3028
|
|
168
|
3029 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */
|
|
|
3030 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
3031 char_u fontName[256];
|
|
|
3032 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':');
|
|
|
3033 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName);
|
|
|
3034 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen);
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 ATSUFontID fontRef;
|
|
|
3037 FMFontStyle fontStyle;
|
|
|
3038 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName,
|
|
|
3041 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
3042 &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
3043 {
|
|
|
3044 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3045 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
3046 }
|
|
|
3047 #else
|
|
9
|
3048 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
168
|
3049 #endif
|
|
13
|
3050
|
|
|
3051 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3052 {
|
|
|
3053 /*
|
|
|
3054 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
3055 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
3056 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
3057 */
|
|
|
3058 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
3061 {
|
|
|
3062 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
3063 {
|
|
|
3064 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
3065 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
3066 }
|
|
|
3067 }
|
|
|
3068 if (changed)
|
|
168
|
3069 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
3070 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0],
|
|
|
3071 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode,
|
|
|
3072 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
3073 {
|
|
|
3074 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3075 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
3076 }
|
|
|
3077 #else
|
|
13
|
3078 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
168
|
3079 #endif
|
|
13
|
3080 }
|
|
|
3081
|
|
7
|
3082 #else
|
|
|
3083 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
3084 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
3085
|
|
9
|
3086 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
3087 #endif
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3091 {
|
|
|
3092 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
3093
|
|
168
|
3094 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
3095 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr)
|
|
|
3096 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3097 #else
|
|
9
|
3098 GetFontName(0, systemFontname);
|
|
168
|
3099 #endif
|
|
7
|
3100 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
3101 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3102 }
|
|
|
3103 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
3104 {
|
|
|
3105 p++;
|
|
|
3106 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
3107 while (*p)
|
|
|
3108 {
|
|
|
3109 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
3110 {
|
|
|
3111 case 'h':
|
|
|
3112 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
3113 break;
|
|
|
3114 /*
|
|
|
3115 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
3116 */
|
|
|
3117 }
|
|
|
3118 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
3119 p++;
|
|
|
3120 }
|
|
|
3121 }
|
|
|
3122
|
|
|
3123 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
3124 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
3125
|
|
|
3126 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128 return font;
|
|
|
3129 }
|
|
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 /*
|
|
|
3132 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3133 * GUI_MCH functionnality
|
|
|
3134 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3135 */
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 /*
|
|
|
3138 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
3139 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
3140 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
3141 */
|
|
|
3142 void
|
|
|
3143 gui_mch_prepare(argc, argv)
|
|
|
3144 int *argc;
|
|
|
3145 char **argv;
|
|
|
3146 {
|
|
|
3147 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
3148 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3149 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
3150 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
3151 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
3152 long applDirID;
|
|
|
3153 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
3154 # else
|
|
|
3155 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3156 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
3157 # endif
|
|
|
3158 #endif
|
|
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3161 MaxApplZone(); /* What could replace thos */
|
|
|
3162 /* In Carbon, all shared library are automatically load in
|
|
|
3163 * there's no need to init them
|
|
|
3164 */
|
|
|
3165 InitGraf(&qd.thePort);
|
|
|
3166 InitFonts();
|
|
|
3167 InitWindows();
|
|
|
3168 InitMenus();
|
|
|
3169 TEInit();
|
|
|
3170 InitDialogs(nil);
|
|
|
3171 #else
|
|
|
3172 /* Why did I put that in? (Dany) */
|
|
|
3173 MoreMasterPointers (0x40 * 3); /* we love handles */
|
|
|
3174 #endif
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 #if 0
|
|
|
3177 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3180 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3181 #endif
|
|
|
3182
|
|
|
3183 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3184 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3185 #endif
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3188 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
3189 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
3190 else
|
|
|
3191 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
3194 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
3195 #endif
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
3198 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
3199 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
3200 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
3201 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
3202 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
3203 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
3204 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
3205 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
3206 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
3207 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
3208 #endif
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
3213 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3214 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
3215 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
3216 #endif
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3219
|
|
|
3220 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3221
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3224 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3225 #else
|
|
9
|
3226 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3227 #endif
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3231 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
3232 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
3233 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3234 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3235 #else
|
|
|
3236 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, documentProc,
|
|
|
3237 (WindowPtr) -1L, false, 0);
|
|
|
3238 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3239 #endif
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3242 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3243 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3244 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3245 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3246 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
3249 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3250 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3251 #else
|
|
9
|
3252 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3253 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3254 #endif
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
3257 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
3258 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3259 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
3260 # else
|
|
|
3261 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
3262 # endif
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
3265 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
3266 else
|
|
|
3267 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
3268 #endif
|
|
|
3269
|
|
|
3270 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3271 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3272 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3273 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3274 #endif
|
|
|
3275 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3276 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
3277 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
3278 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
3279 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
3280 # else
|
|
|
3281 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
3282 * of TN2015
|
|
|
3283 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
3284 */
|
|
9
|
3285 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
3286 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
3287
|
|
9
|
3288 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
3289 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
3290
|
|
9
|
3291 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
3292
|
|
|
3293 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
3294 # endif
|
|
9
|
3295 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
3296 #endif
|
|
|
3297
|
|
|
3298 #ifdef USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
3299 _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
3300 _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
3301 #endif
|
|
|
3302 }
|
|
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
3305 /*
|
|
|
3306 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
3307 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
3308 */
|
|
|
3309 int
|
|
|
3310 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
3311 {
|
|
|
3312 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
3313 * using the >console
|
|
|
3314 */
|
|
|
3315 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
3316 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3317 return OK;
|
|
|
3318 }
|
|
|
3319 #endif
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 static OSErr
|
|
|
3322 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void* handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
|
3323 {
|
|
|
3324 int x, y;
|
|
|
3325 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
3326 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
3327 int count;
|
|
|
3328 int i, j;
|
|
|
3329
|
|
|
3330 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 Point point;
|
|
|
3333 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
3334 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
3335
|
|
|
3336 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
3337 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
3338 x = point.h;
|
|
|
3339 y = point.v;
|
|
|
3340 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
3341 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
3342 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
3343 count = countItem;
|
|
|
3344 }
|
|
|
3345
|
|
|
3346 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3347 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
3348 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
3351 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
3352 {
|
|
|
3353 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
3354 OSErr err;
|
|
|
3355 Size size;
|
|
|
3356 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
3357 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
3358
|
|
|
3359 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
3360 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
3361 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
3362 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
3363 continue;
|
|
|
3364 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
3365 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
3366 continue;
|
|
|
3367 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
3368 }
|
|
|
3369 count = j;
|
|
|
3370
|
|
|
3371 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
3372
|
|
|
3373 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
3374 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
3375
|
|
7
|
3376 return noErr;
|
|
|
3377 }
|
|
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 /*
|
|
|
3380 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
3381 * etc.
|
|
|
3382 */
|
|
|
3383 int
|
|
|
3384 gui_mch_init()
|
|
|
3385 {
|
|
|
3386 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
3387 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
3388 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
3389 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3390 long gestalt_rc;
|
|
|
3391 #endif
|
|
|
3392 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3393 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
3394 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
|
3395 #endif
|
|
168
|
3396 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3397 EventHandlerRef keyEventHandlerRef;
|
|
|
3398 #endif
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3401 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr)
|
|
|
3402 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* Default to minimum sensible value */
|
|
|
3403 #endif
|
|
|
3404
|
|
7
|
3405 #if 1
|
|
|
3406 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3407
|
|
|
3408 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3409 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3410 #endif
|
|
|
3411
|
|
|
3412 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3413 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3414 #endif
|
|
|
3415
|
|
|
3416 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3417 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
3418 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
3419 else
|
|
|
3420 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
3423 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
3424 #endif
|
|
|
3425
|
|
|
3426 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
3427 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
3428 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
3429 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
3430 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
3431 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
3432 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
3433 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
3434 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
3435 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
3436 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
3437 #endif
|
|
|
3438
|
|
|
3439 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3440
|
|
|
3441 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
3442 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3443 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
3444 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
3445 #endif
|
|
|
3446
|
|
|
3447 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3448
|
|
|
3449 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451
|
|
|
3452 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3453 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3454 #else
|
|
9
|
3455 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3456 #endif
|
|
|
3457
|
|
|
3458 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3459 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3460 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3461 #else
|
|
|
3462 documentProc,
|
|
|
3463 #endif
|
|
|
3464 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
|
3465 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3466 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
|
3467 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3468 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3469 #else
|
|
|
3470 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3471 #endif
|
|
|
3472
|
|
|
3473 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3474 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3475 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3476 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3477 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3478 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3479
|
|
|
3480 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
3481 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3482 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3483 #else
|
|
9
|
3484 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3485 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3486 #endif
|
|
|
3487
|
|
13
|
3488 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3489 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3490 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
|
3491 #endif
|
|
|
3492
|
|
7
|
3493 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
3494 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
3495 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3496 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
3497 # else
|
|
|
3498 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
3499 # endif
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
3502 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
3503 else
|
|
|
3504 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
3505 #endif
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3508 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3509 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3510 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3511 #endif
|
|
|
3512 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3513 display_errors();
|
|
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
|
3516 /* TODO: do the approriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
|
3517 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3518 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3521 * file). */
|
|
|
3522 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3523
|
|
|
3524 /*
|
|
|
3525 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3526 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3527 */
|
|
|
3528 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3529 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3530 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3533 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3534 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 /*
|
|
|
3537 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3538 */
|
|
|
3539 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3540 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3541 #endif
|
|
|
3542 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3543 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3544
|
|
|
3545 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3546 /* If Quartz-style text antialiasing is available (see
|
|
|
3547 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3548 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
|
3549 #endif
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3552 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3553 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3554 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3555 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3556 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3557 {
|
|
|
3558 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3559 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3560 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3561 }
|
|
|
3562 #endif
|
|
|
3563
|
|
168
|
3564 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3565 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassTextInput;
|
|
|
3566 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventUnicodeForKeyEvent;
|
|
|
3567 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon);
|
|
|
3568 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3569 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &keyEventHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3570 {
|
|
|
3571 keyEventHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3572 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3573 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3574 }
|
|
|
3575 #endif
|
|
|
3576
|
|
|
3577 /*
|
|
7
|
3578 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
3579 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
|
|
|
3580 #endif
|
|
|
3581 */
|
|
7
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3584 return OK;
|
|
|
3585 }
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 /*
|
|
|
3588 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3589 */
|
|
|
3590 void
|
|
|
3591 gui_mch_new_colors()
|
|
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3594 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3595 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3596 */
|
|
|
3597 }
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 /*
|
|
|
3600 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3601 */
|
|
|
3602 int
|
|
|
3603 gui_mch_open()
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
|
3605 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3608 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3611 /*
|
|
|
3612 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3613 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3614 */
|
|
|
3615 {
|
|
|
3616 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3617 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3618 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3619 }
|
|
|
3620 #endif
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 return OK;
|
|
|
3623 }
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 void
|
|
|
3626 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3627 {
|
|
|
3628 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3629 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3630
|
|
168
|
3631 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3632 if (keyEventHandlerUPP)
|
|
|
3633 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3634 #endif
|
|
|
3635
|
|
7
|
3636 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3637 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3638 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3639 #endif
|
|
|
3640
|
|
168
|
3641 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3642 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3643 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3644 #endif
|
|
|
3645
|
|
7
|
3646 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3647 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3648 }
|
|
|
3649
|
|
|
3650 /*
|
|
|
3651 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3652 */
|
|
|
3653 int
|
|
|
3654 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3655 {
|
|
|
3656 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3657 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3658 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3659 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3660
|
|
|
3661 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3662 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3663
|
|
|
3664 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3665 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3666 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3667 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3668 return OK;
|
|
|
3669 #endif
|
|
|
3670 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3671 }
|
|
|
3672
|
|
|
3673 /*
|
|
|
3674 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3675 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3676 */
|
|
|
3677 void
|
|
|
3678 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3679 {
|
|
|
3680 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3681 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3682 */
|
|
|
3683 MoveWindow(gui.VimWindow, x, y, TRUE);
|
|
|
3684 }
|
|
|
3685
|
|
|
3686 void
|
|
|
3687 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3688 int width,
|
|
|
3689 int height,
|
|
|
3690 int min_width,
|
|
|
3691 int min_height,
|
|
|
3692 int base_width,
|
|
|
3693 int base_height)
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3696 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3697 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3698 #endif
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3701 {
|
|
|
3702 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3703 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3704 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3705 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3706 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3707 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3708 #else
|
|
|
3709 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
|
3710 /* SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3711 #endif
|
|
|
3712 }
|
|
|
3713 else
|
|
|
3714 {
|
|
|
3715 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3716 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3717 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3718 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3719 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3720 #else
|
|
|
3721 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = 0;
|
|
|
3722 #endif;
|
|
|
3723 }
|
|
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3728 }
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 /*
|
|
|
3731 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3732 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3733 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
|
3734 * TODO: Add live udate of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
|
3735 */
|
|
|
3736 void
|
|
|
3737 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(screen_w, screen_h)
|
|
|
3738 int *screen_w;
|
|
|
3739 int *screen_h;
|
|
|
3740 {
|
|
|
3741 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3742 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3743
|
|
|
3744 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3745 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3746 }
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748
|
|
13
|
3749 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3750 /*
|
|
|
3751 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3752 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3753 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3754 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3755 */
|
|
|
3756 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3757 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3758 {
|
|
|
3759 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3760 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3761 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3764 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3765 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3766 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3767 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3768 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3769 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3770 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3771 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3772
|
|
|
3773 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3774 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3775 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3776
|
|
|
3777 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3778 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3779 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3780 {
|
|
|
3781 /*
|
|
|
3782 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3783 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3784 */
|
|
|
3785 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3786 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3787 {
|
|
|
3788 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3789 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3790 }
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
3792 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3793 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3794 }
|
|
|
3795 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3796 }
|
|
|
3797 #endif
|
|
|
3798
|
|
7
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 /*
|
|
|
3801 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3802 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3803 */
|
|
|
3804 int
|
|
|
3805 gui_mch_init_font(font_name, fontset)
|
|
|
3806 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
3807 int fontset; /* not used */
|
|
|
3808 {
|
|
|
3809 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3810 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
170
|
3811 int suggestedSize = 10;
|
|
7
|
3812 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3813 short font_id;
|
|
|
3814 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3815 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3816
|
|
168
|
3817 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3818 if (gFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3819 {
|
|
|
3820 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3821 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3822 }
|
|
|
3823 #endif
|
|
|
3824
|
|
7
|
3825 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3826 {
|
|
|
3827 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3828 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3831 {
|
|
|
3832 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3833 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3834 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3835 }
|
|
37
|
3836 else
|
|
|
3837 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3838 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3839 }
|
|
13
|
3840 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3841 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3842 {
|
|
37
|
3843 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3844
|
|
|
3845 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3846 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3847 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3848
|
|
|
3849 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3850 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3851 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3852 {
|
|
37
|
3853 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3854 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3855 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3856 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3857 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3860 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3861 }
|
|
|
3862 }
|
|
|
3863 }
|
|
|
3864 #endif
|
|
7
|
3865 else
|
|
|
3866 {
|
|
9
|
3867 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
37
|
3868 STRNCPY(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name));
|
|
|
3869 used_font_name[sizeof(used_font_name) - 1] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
3870
|
|
|
3871 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3872 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3873 }
|
|
37
|
3874
|
|
7
|
3875 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3876
|
|
37
|
3877 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3878
|
|
9
|
3879 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3880 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3881
|
|
189
|
3882 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
|
3883
|
|
|
3884 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
|
3885 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
|
3886 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3887
|
|
168
|
3888 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3889 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3890 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3891 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
3892
|
|
|
3893 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3894 {
|
|
|
3895 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3896 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3897
|
|
|
3898 /* No antialiasing by default (do not attempt to touch antialising
|
|
|
3899 * options on pre-Jaguar) */
|
|
|
3900 fontOptions =
|
|
|
3901 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3902 (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) ?
|
|
|
3903 kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing :
|
|
|
3904 #endif
|
|
|
3905 kATSStyleNoOptions;
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3908 {
|
|
|
3909 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
3910 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
3911 };
|
|
|
3912 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
3915 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
3916 };
|
|
|
3917 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3918 {
|
|
|
3919 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
3920 };
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 /* Convert font id to ATSUFontID */
|
|
|
3923 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3924 {
|
|
|
3925 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3926 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3927 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3928 {
|
|
|
3929 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3930 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3931 }
|
|
|
3932 }
|
|
|
3933 }
|
|
|
3934 #endif
|
|
|
3935
|
|
7
|
3936 return OK;
|
|
|
3937
|
|
|
3938 }
|
|
|
3939
|
|
|
3940 int
|
|
|
3941 gui_mch_adjust_charsize()
|
|
|
3942 {
|
|
|
3943 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3944
|
|
9
|
3945 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3946 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3947 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3948 return OK;
|
|
|
3949 }
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 /*
|
|
|
3952 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3953 */
|
|
|
3954 GuiFont
|
|
|
3955 gui_mch_get_font(name, giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3956 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3957 int giveErrorIfMissing;
|
|
|
3958 {
|
|
|
3959 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3966 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3967 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3968 }
|
|
|
3969 /*
|
|
|
3970 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3971 */
|
|
|
3972
|
|
|
3973 return font;
|
|
|
3974 }
|
|
|
3975
|
|
44
|
3976 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3977 /*
|
|
37
|
3978 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3979 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3980 */
|
|
|
3981 char_u *
|
|
|
3982 gui_mch_get_fontname(font, name)
|
|
|
3983 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3984 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3985 {
|
|
|
3986 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3987 return NULL;
|
|
|
3988 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3989 }
|
|
44
|
3990 #endif
|
|
37
|
3991
|
|
|
3992 /*
|
|
7
|
3993 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3994 */
|
|
|
3995 void
|
|
|
3996 gui_mch_set_font(font)
|
|
|
3997 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3998 {
|
|
168
|
3999 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
4000 GuiFont currFont;
|
|
|
4001 ByteCount actualFontByteCount;
|
|
|
4002 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
4003 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
4004 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
4005
|
|
|
4006 if (gFontStyle)
|
|
|
4007 {
|
|
|
4008 /* Avoid setting same font again */
|
|
|
4009 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1, sizeof font,
|
|
|
4010 &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr &&
|
|
|
4011 actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font))
|
|
|
4012 {
|
|
|
4013 if (currFont == font)
|
|
|
4014 return;
|
|
|
4015 }
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
4018 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
4019 /* Respect p_antialias setting only for wide font.
|
|
|
4020 * The reason for doing this at the moment is a bit complicated,
|
|
|
4021 * but it's mainly because a) latin (non-wide) aliased fonts
|
|
|
4022 * look bad in OS X 10.3.x and below (due to a bug in ATS), and
|
|
|
4023 * b) wide multibyte input does not suffer from that problem. */
|
|
|
4024 fontOptions =
|
|
|
4025 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
4026 (p_antialias && (font == gui.wide_font)) ?
|
|
|
4027 kATSStyleNoOptions : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing;
|
|
|
4028 #else
|
|
|
4029 kATSStyleNoOptions;
|
|
|
4030 #endif
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
4033 {
|
|
|
4034 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
4035 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
4036 };
|
|
|
4037 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
4038 {
|
|
|
4039 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
4040 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
4041 };
|
|
|
4042 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
4043 {
|
|
|
4044 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
4045 };
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
4048 {
|
|
|
4049 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
4050 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
4051 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
4052 {
|
|
|
4053 #ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
|
4054 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n");
|
|
|
4055 #endif
|
|
|
4056 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
4057 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
4058 }
|
|
|
4059 }
|
|
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 }
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 if (!gIsFontFallbackSet)
|
|
|
4064 {
|
|
|
4065 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide
|
|
|
4066 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */
|
|
|
4067 /*
|
|
|
4068 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag };
|
|
|
4069 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) };
|
|
|
4070 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks);
|
|
|
4071 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, );
|
|
|
4072 */
|
|
|
4073 if (gui.wide_font)
|
|
|
4074 {
|
|
|
4075 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts;
|
|
|
4076 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE;
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
4078 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(
|
|
|
4079 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF),
|
|
|
4080 0,
|
|
|
4081 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
4082 NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
4083 {
|
|
|
4084 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), &fallbackFonts, kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred);
|
|
|
4085 }
|
|
|
4086 /*
|
|
|
4087 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { };
|
|
|
4088 */
|
|
|
4089 }
|
|
|
4090 }
|
|
|
4091 #endif
|
|
7
|
4092 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
4093 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
4094 }
|
|
|
4095
|
|
|
4096 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
4097 /*
|
|
|
4098 * Return TRUE if the two fonts given are equivalent.
|
|
|
4099 */
|
|
|
4100 int
|
|
|
4101 gui_mch_same_font(f1, f2)
|
|
|
4102 GuiFont f1;
|
|
|
4103 GuiFont f2;
|
|
|
4104 {
|
|
|
4105 return f1 == f2;
|
|
|
4106 }
|
|
|
4107 #endif
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 /*
|
|
|
4110 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
4111 */
|
|
|
4112 void
|
|
|
4113 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
4114 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
4115 {
|
|
|
4116 /*
|
|
|
4117 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
4118 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
4119 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
4120 */
|
|
|
4121 }
|
|
|
4122
|
|
|
4123 static int
|
|
|
4124 hex_digit(c)
|
|
|
4125 int c;
|
|
|
4126 {
|
|
|
4127 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
4128 return c - '0';
|
|
|
4129 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
4130 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
4131 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
4132 return -1000;
|
|
|
4133 }
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 /*
|
|
|
4136 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
4137 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
4138 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
4139 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
4140 */
|
|
|
4141 guicolor_T
|
|
|
4142 gui_mch_get_color(name)
|
|
|
4143 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4144 {
|
|
|
4145 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
4146 */
|
|
|
4147 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
4148 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
4151 {
|
|
|
4152 char *name;
|
|
|
4153 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4154 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
4155
|
|
|
4156 /*
|
|
|
4157 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
4158 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
4159 */
|
|
|
4160 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
4161 {
|
|
|
4162 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
4163 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4164 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4165 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4166 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4167 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4168 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4169 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
4170 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4171 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4172 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4173 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4174 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4175 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4176 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4177 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4178 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4179 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
4180 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4181 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4182 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4183 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4184 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4185 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
4186 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4187 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
4188 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
4189 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
4190 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
4191 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
4192 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
4193 };
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
4196 int i;
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
4199 {
|
|
|
4200 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
4201 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
4202 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
4203 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
4204 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
4205 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
4206 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
4207 }
|
|
|
4208 else
|
|
|
4209 {
|
|
9
|
4210 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
4211 {
|
|
9
|
4212 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
4213 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
4214 }
|
|
|
4215 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
4216 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
4217 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
4218 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
4219 }
|
|
|
4220
|
|
|
4221
|
|
|
4222 /*
|
|
|
4223 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
4224 */
|
|
|
4225 {
|
|
|
4226 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
4227 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
4228 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
4229 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4230
|
|
|
4231 #ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
4232 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME:rgb.txt");
|
|
|
4233 #else
|
|
|
4234 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
4235 #endif
|
|
|
4236 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4237 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
4238
|
|
|
4239 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
4240 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
4241 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
4242 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
4243
|
|
|
4244 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
4245 {
|
|
|
4246 int len;
|
|
|
4247 int pos;
|
|
|
4248 char *color;
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
4251 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
4252
|
|
|
4253 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
4254 continue;
|
|
|
4255
|
|
|
4256 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
4259 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
4260 continue;
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
4263
|
|
|
4264 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
4265 {
|
|
|
4266 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
4267 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
4268 }
|
|
|
4269 }
|
|
|
4270 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
4271 }
|
|
|
4272
|
|
|
4273 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
4274 }
|
|
|
4275
|
|
|
4276 /*
|
|
|
4277 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
4278 */
|
|
|
4279 void
|
|
|
4280 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color)
|
|
|
4281 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4282 {
|
|
|
4283 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
4284
|
|
|
4285 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4286 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4287 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4288
|
|
9
|
4289 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
4290 }
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 /*
|
|
|
4293 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
4294 */
|
|
|
4295 void
|
|
|
4296 gui_mch_set_bg_color(color)
|
|
|
4297 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4298 {
|
|
|
4299 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4302 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4303 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
4304
|
|
9
|
4305 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
4306 }
|
|
|
4307
|
|
|
4308 void
|
|
|
4309 gui_mch_draw_string(row, col, s, len, flags)
|
|
|
4310 int row;
|
|
|
4311 int col;
|
|
|
4312 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4313 int len;
|
|
|
4314 int flags;
|
|
|
4315 {
|
|
|
4316 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
4317 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
4318 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */
|
|
|
4319 UniCharCount utf16_len;
|
|
|
4320 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len);
|
|
|
4321 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar);
|
|
|
4322 #else
|
|
7
|
4323 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
4328 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
4329 s = tofree;
|
|
|
4330 }
|
|
|
4331 #endif
|
|
168
|
4332 #endif
|
|
7
|
4333
|
|
|
4334 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
168
|
4335 /* ATSUI automatically antialiases text */
|
|
|
4336 #ifndef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
7
|
4337 /*
|
|
|
4338 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
4339 */
|
|
189
|
4340 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020)
|
|
7
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
4343 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
4344 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
168
|
4345 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
7
|
4346 }
|
|
168
|
4347 #endif
|
|
7
|
4348
|
|
36
|
4349 /*
|
|
|
4350 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
4351 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
4352 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
4353 * underlining.
|
|
|
4354 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
4355 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
4356 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
4357 */
|
|
168
|
4358 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
4359 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0)
|
|
|
4360 #else
|
|
189
|
4361 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
36
|
4362 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
168
|
4363 #endif
|
|
36
|
4364 {
|
|
|
4365 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4366
|
|
|
4367 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
4368 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
168
|
4369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4370 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
4371 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4372 {
|
|
|
4373 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
4374 int n;
|
|
|
4375
|
|
|
4376 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4377 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4378 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4379 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
4380 }
|
|
|
4381 else
|
|
|
4382 #endif
|
|
36
|
4383 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
4384 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
4385 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4386 }
|
|
|
4387
|
|
168
|
4388 #ifndef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
189
|
4389 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
7
|
4390 {
|
|
|
4391 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 face = normal;
|
|
|
4394 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4395 face |= bold;
|
|
|
4396 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4397 face |= underline;
|
|
|
4398 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
4399
|
|
|
4400 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
4401 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4404 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4405 }
|
|
|
4406 else
|
|
|
4407 #endif
|
|
168
|
4408 #endif
|
|
7
|
4409 {
|
|
|
4410 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
4411 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4412 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4417 {
|
|
9
|
4418 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
4419 }
|
|
|
4420
|
|
9
|
4421 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
168
|
4422 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
4423 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4424
|
|
|
4425 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree,
|
|
|
4426 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4427 utf16_len,
|
|
|
4428 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len,
|
|
|
4429 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL),
|
|
|
4430 &textLayout) == noErr)
|
|
|
4431 {
|
|
|
4432 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
|
4435 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4436 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
|
4437
|
|
|
4438 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4439 }
|
|
|
4440 #else
|
|
9
|
4441 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
4442
|
|
|
4443
|
|
|
4444 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4445 {
|
|
9
|
4446 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4447 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4448 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
4449 }
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4452 {
|
|
9
|
4453 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
4454 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
7
|
4455 }
|
|
168
|
4456 #endif
|
|
7
|
4457 }
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4460 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
4461 #endif
|
|
|
4462 }
|
|
|
4463
|
|
|
4464 /*
|
|
|
4465 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
4466 */
|
|
|
4467 int
|
|
|
4468 gui_mch_haskey(name)
|
|
|
4469 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4470 {
|
|
|
4471 int i;
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
4474 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
4475 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
4476 return OK;
|
|
|
4477 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4478 }
|
|
|
4479
|
|
|
4480 void
|
|
|
4481 gui_mch_beep()
|
|
|
4482 {
|
|
9
|
4483 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
4484 }
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 void
|
|
|
4487 gui_mch_flash(msec)
|
|
|
4488 int msec;
|
|
|
4489 {
|
|
|
4490 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
4491 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4492
|
|
|
4493 /*
|
|
|
4494 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4495 */
|
|
|
4496 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4497 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4498 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4499 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4500 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4505 }
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 /*
|
|
|
4508 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
4509 */
|
|
|
4510 void
|
|
|
4511 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(r, c, nr, nc)
|
|
|
4512 int r;
|
|
|
4513 int c;
|
|
|
4514 int nr;
|
|
|
4515 int nc;
|
|
|
4516 {
|
|
|
4517 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4518
|
|
|
4519 /*
|
|
|
4520 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4521 */
|
|
|
4522 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
4523 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
4524 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4525 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4526 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 }
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 /*
|
|
|
4531 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
4532 */
|
|
|
4533 void
|
|
|
4534 gui_mch_iconify()
|
|
|
4535 {
|
|
|
4536 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
4537 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4538 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4539 */
|
|
|
4540 }
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4543 /*
|
|
|
4544 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4545 */
|
|
|
4546 void
|
|
|
4547 gui_mch_set_foreground()
|
|
|
4548 {
|
|
|
4549 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4550 }
|
|
|
4551 #endif
|
|
|
4552
|
|
|
4553 /*
|
|
|
4554 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4555 */
|
|
|
4556 void
|
|
|
4557 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(color)
|
|
|
4558 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4559 {
|
|
|
4560 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4561
|
|
|
4562 /*
|
|
|
4563 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4564 */
|
|
|
4565 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4566 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4567 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
168
|
4568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4569 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
|
4570 rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4571 #endif
|
|
7
|
4572 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4575
|
|
9
|
4576 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4577 }
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 /*
|
|
|
4580 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4581 */
|
|
|
4582 void
|
|
|
4583 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(w, h, color)
|
|
|
4584 int w;
|
|
|
4585 int h;
|
|
|
4586 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4587 {
|
|
|
4588 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4591 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4592 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4593 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4594 else
|
|
|
4595 #endif
|
|
|
4596 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4597 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4598 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4599 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4600
|
|
|
4601 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4602
|
|
168
|
4603 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4604 // PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4605 }
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607
|
|
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 /*
|
|
|
4610 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4611 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4612 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4613 * immediately.
|
|
|
4614 */
|
|
|
4615 void
|
|
|
4616 gui_mch_update()
|
|
|
4617 {
|
|
|
4618 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4619 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4620 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4621 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4622 *
|
|
|
4623 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4624 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4625 */
|
|
|
4626 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4627
|
|
9
|
4628 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4629 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4630 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4631 }
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 /*
|
|
|
4634 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4635 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4636 */
|
|
|
4637
|
|
|
4638 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4639 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4640 #endif
|
|
|
4641 pascal
|
|
|
4642 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4643 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4644 {
|
|
|
4645 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4646 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4647 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4648 }
|
|
|
4649
|
|
|
4650 /*
|
|
|
4651 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4652 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4653 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4654 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4655 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4656 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4657 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4658 */
|
|
|
4659 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4660 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4661 #endif
|
|
|
4662 int
|
|
|
4663 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime)
|
|
|
4664 int wtime;
|
|
|
4665 {
|
|
|
4666 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4667 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4668 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4669 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4670 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4671
|
|
|
4672 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4673 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4674 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4675 */
|
|
|
4676 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4677 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4678 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4681
|
|
|
4682 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4683
|
|
|
4684 do
|
|
|
4685 {
|
|
|
4686 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4687 {
|
|
|
4688 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4689 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4690 }
|
|
|
4691 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4692 {
|
|
|
4693 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4694 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4695 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4696 }
|
|
|
4697 /*
|
|
|
4698 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4699 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4700 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4701 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4702 */
|
|
|
4703 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4704 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
4705 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
4706 else
|
|
|
4707 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
4708 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4709 {
|
|
|
4710 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
4711 if (!SIOUXHandleOneEvent(&event))
|
|
|
4712 #endif
|
|
9
|
4713 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4714 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4715 {
|
|
|
4716 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4717 return OK;
|
|
|
4718 }
|
|
|
4719 }
|
|
|
4720 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4721 }
|
|
|
4722 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4723
|
|
|
4724 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4725 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4726 }
|
|
|
4727
|
|
|
4728 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4729 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4730 #endif
|
|
|
4731
|
|
|
4732 /*
|
|
|
4733 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4734 */
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4737 void
|
|
|
4738 gui_mch_flush()
|
|
|
4739 {
|
|
|
4740 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742
|
|
|
4743 /*
|
|
|
4744 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4745 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4746 */
|
|
|
4747 void
|
|
|
4748 gui_mch_clear_block(row1, col1, row2, col2)
|
|
|
4749 int row1;
|
|
|
4750 int col1;
|
|
|
4751 int row2;
|
|
|
4752 int col2;
|
|
|
4753 {
|
|
|
4754 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4755
|
|
|
4756 /*
|
|
|
4757 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4758 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4759 */
|
|
|
4760 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4761 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4762 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4763 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4766 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4767 }
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 /*
|
|
|
4770 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4771 */
|
|
|
4772 void
|
|
|
4773 gui_mch_clear_all()
|
|
|
4774 {
|
|
|
4775 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4776
|
|
|
4777 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4778 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4779 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4780 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4781
|
|
|
4782 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4783 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4784 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4785 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4786 */
|
|
|
4787 }
|
|
|
4788
|
|
|
4789 /*
|
|
|
4790 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4791 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4792 */
|
|
|
4793 void
|
|
|
4794 gui_mch_delete_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4795 int row;
|
|
|
4796 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4797 {
|
|
|
4798 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4801 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4802 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4803 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4804 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4807 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4810 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4811 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4812 }
|
|
|
4813
|
|
|
4814 /*
|
|
|
4815 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4816 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4817 */
|
|
|
4818 void
|
|
|
4819 gui_mch_insert_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4820 int row;
|
|
|
4821 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4822 {
|
|
|
4823 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4824
|
|
|
4825 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4826 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4827 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4828 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4829
|
|
|
4830 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4831
|
|
9
|
4832 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4835 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4836 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4837 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4838 {
|
|
|
4839 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4840 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4841 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4842 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4843 }
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4846 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4847 }
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 /*
|
|
|
4850 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4851 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4852 */
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 void
|
|
|
4855 clip_mch_request_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4856 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4857 {
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4860 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4861 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4862 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4863 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4864 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4865 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4866 #else
|
|
|
4867 long scrapOffset;
|
|
|
4868 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4869 #endif
|
|
|
4870 int type;
|
|
|
4871 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4872 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4873
|
|
|
4874
|
|
|
4875 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4876 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4877 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4878 return;
|
|
|
4879
|
|
9
|
4880 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4881 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4882 {
|
|
|
4883 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4884 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4885 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4886 }
|
|
|
4887
|
|
|
4888 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4889 {
|
|
168
|
4890 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, &scrapFlags);
|
|
9
|
4891 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4892 return;
|
|
|
4893
|
|
168
|
4894 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, &scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4895 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4896 return;
|
|
|
4897 }
|
|
|
4898
|
|
|
4899 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4900 #else
|
|
|
4901 /* Call to LoadScrap seem to avoid problem with crash on first paste */
|
|
|
4902 scrapSize = LoadScrap();
|
|
|
4903 scrapSize = GetScrap(nil, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4904
|
|
|
4905 if (scrapSize > 0)
|
|
|
4906 #endif
|
|
|
4907 {
|
|
|
4908 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4909 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
9
|
4910 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4911 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4912 #else
|
|
|
4913 textOfClip = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
4914 #endif
|
|
9
|
4915 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4916 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4917 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
168
|
4918 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode,
|
|
9
|
4919 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4920 #else
|
|
|
4921 scrapSize = GetScrap(textOfClip, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4922 #endif
|
|
19
|
4923 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
7
|
4924
|
|
9
|
4925 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4926 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4927 else
|
|
|
4928 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
7
|
4929
|
|
19
|
4930 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
168
|
4931 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
4932 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4933 #else
|
|
19
|
4934 STRNCPY(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
168
|
4935 #endif
|
|
19
|
4936 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4937
|
|
|
4938 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4939 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4940 {
|
|
|
4941 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4942
|
|
|
4943 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4944 searchCR[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
4945
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947
|
|
168
|
4948 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
4949 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */
|
|
|
4950 size_t encLen = 0;
|
|
|
4951 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
4952 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4953 {
|
|
168
|
4954 scrapSize = encLen;
|
|
|
4955 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4956 tempclip = to;
|
|
7
|
4957 }
|
|
|
4958 #endif
|
|
|
4959 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4960
|
|
|
4961 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4962 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4963
|
|
|
4964 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4965 }
|
|
|
4966 }
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 void
|
|
|
4969 clip_mch_lose_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4970 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4971 {
|
|
|
4972 /*
|
|
|
4973 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4974 */
|
|
|
4975 }
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 int
|
|
|
4978 clip_mch_own_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4979 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4980 {
|
|
|
4981 return OK;
|
|
|
4982 }
|
|
|
4983
|
|
|
4984 /*
|
|
|
4985 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4986 */
|
|
|
4987 void
|
|
|
4988 clip_mch_set_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4989 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4990 {
|
|
|
4991 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4992 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4993 int type;
|
|
|
4994 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4995 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4996 #endif
|
|
|
4997
|
|
|
4998 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
5001 return;
|
|
|
5002
|
|
|
5003 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
5004
|
|
|
5005 /*
|
|
|
5006 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
5007 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
5008 *
|
|
|
5009 */
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *) &scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
5014
|
|
168
|
5015 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
5016 size_t utf16_len = 0;
|
|
|
5017 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len);
|
|
|
5018 if (to)
|
|
7
|
5019 {
|
|
168
|
5020 scrapSize = utf16_len;
|
|
|
5021 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
5022 str = (char_u *)to;
|
|
7
|
5023 }
|
|
|
5024 #endif
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
5027 {
|
|
|
5028 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5029 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
|
5030 #else
|
|
|
5031 ZeroScrap();
|
|
|
5032 #endif
|
|
|
5033
|
|
9
|
5034 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5035 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
|
5036 #else
|
|
7
|
5037 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
5038 #endif
|
|
7
|
5039 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
5040
|
|
|
5041 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5042 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
168
|
5043 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
5044 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
168
|
5045 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
5046 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
5047 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
5048 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
5049 #else
|
|
9
|
5050 STRNCPY(*textOfClip, str, scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
5051 PutScrap(scrapSize, 'TEXT', *textOfClip);
|
|
|
5052 #endif
|
|
|
5053 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
5054 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
5055 }
|
|
|
5056
|
|
|
5057 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
5058 }
|
|
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 void
|
|
|
5061 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
5062 int x;
|
|
|
5063 int y;
|
|
|
5064 int w;
|
|
|
5065 int h;
|
|
|
5066 {
|
|
|
5067 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
5068
|
|
9
|
5069 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
5070 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5071 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
5072 #else
|
|
|
5073 VimBound = gui.VimWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
5074 #endif
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5077 {
|
|
|
5078 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
5079 }
|
|
|
5080 else
|
|
|
5081 {
|
|
|
5082 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5086 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
5087 #endif
|
|
|
5088
|
|
9
|
5089 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
5090 }
|
|
|
5091
|
|
|
5092 /*
|
|
|
5093 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
5094 */
|
|
|
5095
|
|
|
5096 void
|
|
|
5097 gui_mch_enable_menu(flag)
|
|
|
5098 int flag;
|
|
|
5099 {
|
|
|
5100 /*
|
|
|
5101 * Menu is always active in itself
|
|
|
5102 * (maybe we should only disable a vim menu
|
|
|
5103 * and keep standard menu)
|
|
|
5104 *
|
|
|
5105 */
|
|
|
5106 }
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 void
|
|
|
5109 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
5110 int x;
|
|
|
5111 int y;
|
|
|
5112 int w;
|
|
|
5113 int h;
|
|
|
5114 {
|
|
|
5115 /*
|
|
|
5116 * The menu is always at the top of the screen
|
|
|
5117 * Maybe a futur version will permit a menu in the window
|
|
|
5118 *
|
|
|
5119 */
|
|
|
5120 }
|
|
|
5121
|
|
|
5122 /*
|
|
|
5123 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
5124 */
|
|
|
5125 void
|
|
|
5126 gui_mch_add_menu(menu, idx)
|
|
|
5127 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5128 int idx;
|
|
|
5129 {
|
|
|
5130 /*
|
|
|
5131 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
5132 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
5133 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
5134 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
5135 */
|
|
|
5136 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
5137 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
168
|
5138 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5139 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
5140 #else
|
|
7
|
5141 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
5142 #endif
|
|
7
|
5143 short index;
|
|
|
5144 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
5145 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
5148 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
5149 return;
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
5152 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
5153 return;
|
|
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
5156 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
5157 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
5160 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
5161 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
5162
|
|
|
5163 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
5164 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
5165 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
5166
|
|
|
5167 /* Convert the name */
|
|
168
|
5168 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5169 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
5170 #else
|
|
7
|
5171 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
5172 #endif
|
|
7
|
5173 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5174 return;
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
5177 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
168
|
5178 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5179 if (menu->priority == 9999)
|
|
|
5180 #else
|
|
7
|
5181 if (STRNCMP(name, "\4Help", 5) == 0)
|
|
168
|
5182 #endif
|
|
7
|
5183 {
|
|
|
5184 menu->submenu_id = kHMHelpMenuID;
|
|
|
5185 menu->submenu_handle = gui.MacOSHelpMenu;
|
|
|
5186 }
|
|
|
5187 else
|
|
|
5188 #endif
|
|
|
5189 {
|
|
|
5190 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
5191 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
5192 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
5193 */
|
|
|
5194 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
168
|
5195 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5196 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr)
|
|
|
5197 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name);
|
|
|
5198 #else
|
|
9
|
5199 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
168
|
5200 #endif
|
|
7
|
5201 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
5202 }
|
|
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
5205 {
|
|
|
5206 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
5209 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
5210 */
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 /* Insert the menu unless it's the Help menu */
|
|
|
5213 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5214 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
5215 #endif
|
|
9
|
5216 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
5217 #if 1
|
|
|
5218 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
5219 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5220 #endif
|
|
|
5221 }
|
|
|
5222 else
|
|
|
5223 {
|
|
|
5224 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
5225
|
|
9
|
5226 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
5229 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
5230 */
|
|
|
5231 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
168
|
5232 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5233 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
5234 #else
|
|
7
|
5235 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
5236 #endif
|
|
7
|
5237 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
5238 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5239 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
5240 }
|
|
|
5241
|
|
168
|
5242 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5243 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
5244 #else
|
|
9
|
5245 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
5246 #endif
|
|
7
|
5247
|
|
|
5248 #if 0
|
|
|
5249 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
5250 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5251 #endif
|
|
|
5252 }
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 /*
|
|
|
5255 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
5256 */
|
|
|
5257 void
|
|
|
5258 gui_mch_add_menu_item(menu, idx)
|
|
|
5259 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5260 int idx;
|
|
|
5261 {
|
|
168
|
5262 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5263 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
5264 #else
|
|
7
|
5265 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
5266 #endif
|
|
7
|
5267 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
5268 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
5271 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
5272 return;
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
5275 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 /* Convert the name */
|
|
168
|
5278 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5279 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
5280 #else
|
|
7
|
5281 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
5282 #endif
|
|
7
|
5283
|
|
|
5284 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
5285 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
5286 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5289 /* The index in the help menu are offseted */
|
|
|
5290 if (parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
5291 idx += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
5292 #endif
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
5295 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
5296 {
|
|
|
5297 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
5298 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
5299 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
5300 */
|
|
|
5301 int key = 0;
|
|
|
5302 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
5303 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
5304
|
|
|
5305 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
5306 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
5307 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
5308 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
5309 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
5310 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
5311 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
5312 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
5313 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
5314 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
5315 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
5316 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
5317 */
|
|
|
5318 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
5319 {
|
|
|
5320 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
5321 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
5322 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
5323 */
|
|
|
5324 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
5325 key += '@';
|
|
|
5326 }
|
|
|
5327 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
5328 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
5329 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
5330 */
|
|
|
5331 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
5332 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
5333 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
5334 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
5335 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
5336 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
5337 {
|
|
|
5338 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
5339 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
5340 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
5341 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
5342 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
5343 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
5344 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
5345 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
5346 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
5347 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
5348 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
5349 if (valid)
|
|
|
5350 {
|
|
|
5351 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
5352 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
5353 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
5354 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
5355 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
5356 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
5357 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
5358 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
5359 }
|
|
|
5360 }
|
|
|
5361 }
|
|
|
5362 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
5363 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
5364 */
|
|
|
5365 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
5366 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
5367 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
168
|
5368 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5369 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
5370 #else
|
|
7
|
5371 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
5372 #endif
|
|
7
|
5373
|
|
|
5374 #if 0
|
|
|
5375 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
5376 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5377 #endif
|
|
|
5378
|
|
168
|
5379 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
5380 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
5381 #else
|
|
7
|
5382 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
5383 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
5384 #endif
|
|
7
|
5385 }
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 void
|
|
|
5388 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(enable)
|
|
|
5389 int enable;
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
5392 }
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 /*
|
|
|
5395 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
5396 */
|
|
|
5397 void
|
|
|
5398 gui_mch_destroy_menu(menu)
|
|
|
5399 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5400 {
|
|
9
|
5401 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5402
|
|
|
5403 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
5404 {
|
|
|
5405 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5406 {
|
|
|
5407 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5408 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle != nil) /*gui.MacOSHelpMenu)*/
|
|
|
5409 #endif
|
|
|
5410 {
|
|
|
5411 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5412 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
5415 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
5416 {
|
|
9
|
5417 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5418 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5419 }
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5422 # ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
5423 else
|
|
|
5424 {
|
|
9
|
5425 printf("gmdm 1\n");
|
|
7
|
5426 }
|
|
|
5427 # endif
|
|
|
5428 #endif
|
|
|
5429 }
|
|
|
5430 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
5431 else
|
|
|
5432 {
|
|
9
|
5433 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
5434 }
|
|
|
5435 #endif
|
|
|
5436 }
|
|
|
5437 else
|
|
|
5438 {
|
|
|
5439 /* Do not delete the Help Menu */
|
|
|
5440 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
5441 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
5442 #endif
|
|
|
5443 {
|
|
9
|
5444 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5445 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5446 }
|
|
|
5447 }
|
|
|
5448 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
5449 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5450 }
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 /*
|
|
|
5453 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
5454 */
|
|
|
5455 void
|
|
|
5456 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, grey)
|
|
|
5457 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5458 int grey;
|
|
|
5459 {
|
|
|
5460 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
5461 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5462 /*
|
|
|
5463 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
5464 */
|
|
|
5465 if (grey)
|
|
|
5466 {
|
|
|
5467 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5468 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5469 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5470 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5471 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5472 }
|
|
|
5473 else
|
|
|
5474 {
|
|
|
5475 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5476 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5477 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5478 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5479 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5480 }
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 /*
|
|
|
5484 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
5485 */
|
|
|
5486 void
|
|
|
5487 gui_mch_menu_hidden(menu, hidden)
|
|
|
5488 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5489 int hidden;
|
|
|
5490 {
|
|
|
5491 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
5492 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
5493 }
|
|
|
5494
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 /*
|
|
|
5497 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
5498 */
|
|
|
5499 void
|
|
|
5500 gui_mch_draw_menubar()
|
|
|
5501 {
|
|
|
5502 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5503 }
|
|
|
5504
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 /*
|
|
|
5507 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
5508 */
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 void
|
|
|
5511 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(sb, flag)
|
|
|
5512 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5513 int flag;
|
|
|
5514 {
|
|
|
5515 if (flag)
|
|
|
5516 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5517 else
|
|
|
5518 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5521 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
5522 #endif
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524
|
|
|
5525 void
|
|
|
5526 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, val, size, max)
|
|
|
5527 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5528 long val;
|
|
|
5529 long size;
|
|
|
5530 long max;
|
|
|
5531 {
|
|
|
5532 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
5533 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
5534 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
|
5535 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5536 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
5537 #endif
|
|
|
5538 }
|
|
|
5539
|
|
|
5540 void
|
|
|
5541 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(sb, x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
5542 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5543 int x;
|
|
|
5544 int y;
|
|
|
5545 int w;
|
|
|
5546 int h;
|
|
|
5547 {
|
|
|
5548 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
5549 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5550 {
|
|
9
|
5551 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
5552 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5553 }
|
|
|
5554 else
|
|
|
5555 {
|
|
9
|
5556 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5557 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5558 }*/
|
|
|
5559 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
5560 h += 1;
|
|
|
5561 else
|
|
|
5562 w += 1;
|
|
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5565 x -= 15;
|
|
|
5566
|
|
9
|
5567 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5568 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5569 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5570 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5571 #endif
|
|
|
5572 }
|
|
|
5573
|
|
|
5574 void
|
|
|
5575 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(sb, orient)
|
|
|
5576 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5577 int orient; /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
|
5578 {
|
|
|
5579 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
5580
|
|
|
5581 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
5582 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
5583 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
5584 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
5585
|
|
9
|
5586 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
5587 &bounds,
|
|
|
5588 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
5589 TRUE,
|
|
|
5590 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
5591 0, /* top */
|
|
|
5592 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
5593 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5594 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
5595 #else
|
|
|
5596 scrollBarProc,
|
|
|
5597 #endif
|
|
|
5598 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
5599 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5600 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
5601 #endif
|
|
|
5602 }
|
|
|
5603
|
|
|
5604 void
|
|
|
5605 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(sb)
|
|
|
5606 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5607 {
|
|
|
5608 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5609 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5610 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5611 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5612 #endif
|
|
|
5613 }
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615
|
|
|
5616 /*
|
|
|
5617 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5618 *
|
|
|
5619 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5620 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5621 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5622 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5623 */
|
|
|
5624 void
|
|
|
5625 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5626 {
|
|
|
5627 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5628 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5629 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5630 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 /*
|
|
|
5634 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5635 */
|
|
|
5636 void
|
|
|
5637 gui_mch_stop_blink()
|
|
|
5638 {
|
|
|
5639 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5640 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5641 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5642 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5643 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5644 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5645 }
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 /*
|
|
|
5648 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5649 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5650 */
|
|
|
5651 void
|
|
|
5652 gui_mch_start_blink()
|
|
|
5653 {
|
|
|
5654 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5655 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5656 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5657
|
|
|
5658 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5659 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5660 {
|
|
|
5661 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5662 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5663 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5664 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5665 }*/
|
|
|
5666 }
|
|
|
5667
|
|
|
5668 /*
|
|
|
5669 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5670 */
|
|
|
5671 long_u
|
|
|
5672 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5673 {
|
|
|
5674 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5680 /*
|
|
|
5681 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5682 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5683 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5684 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5685 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5686 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5687 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5688 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5689 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5690 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5691 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5692 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5693 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5694 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5695 *
|
|
|
5696 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5697 */
|
|
|
5698 char_u *
|
|
|
5699 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5700 int saving,
|
|
|
5701 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5702 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5703 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5704 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5705 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5706 {
|
|
|
5707 #if defined (USE_NAVIGATION_SERVICE) || defined (USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
5708 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5709 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5710 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5711 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5712 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5713 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5714 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5717 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5718
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5721 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5722 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5723 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5724 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5725 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5726
|
|
9
|
5727 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5728 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5729 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5730 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5731 */
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 if (saving)
|
|
|
5734 {
|
|
|
5735 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5736 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5737 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5738 return NULL;
|
|
|
5739 }
|
|
|
5740 else
|
|
|
5741 {
|
|
|
5742 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5743 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5744 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5745 return NULL;
|
|
|
5746 }
|
|
|
5747
|
|
|
5748 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5749
|
|
9
|
5750 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5751
|
|
|
5752 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5753 {
|
|
|
5754 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5755 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5756 }
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5759 return fname;
|
|
|
5760 #else
|
|
|
5761 SFTypeList fileTypes;
|
|
|
5762 StandardFileReply reply;
|
|
|
5763 Str255 Prompt;
|
|
|
5764 Str255 DefaultName;
|
|
|
5765 Str255 Directory;
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 /* TODO: split dflt in path and filename */
|
|
|
5768
|
|
9
|
5769 (void) C2PascalString(title, &Prompt);
|
|
|
5770 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &DefaultName);
|
|
|
5771 (void) C2PascalString(initdir, &Directory);
|
|
7
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 if (saving)
|
|
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 /* Use a custon filter instead of nil FAQ 9-4 */
|
|
9
|
5776 StandardPutFile(Prompt, DefaultName, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5777 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5778 return NULL;
|
|
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780 else
|
|
|
5781 {
|
|
9
|
5782 StandardGetFile(nil, -1, fileTypes, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5783 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5784 return NULL;
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 /* Work fine but append a : for new file */
|
|
9
|
5788 return (FullPathFromFSSpec_save(reply.sfFile));
|
|
7
|
5789
|
|
|
5790 /* Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5791 /* mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE);
|
|
|
5792 p = shorten_fname(fileBuf, IObuff);
|
|
|
5793 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5794 p = fileBuf;
|
|
|
5795 return vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
5796 */
|
|
|
5797 #endif
|
|
|
5798 }
|
|
|
5799 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5802 /*
|
|
|
5803 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5804 */
|
|
|
5805
|
|
|
5806 /*
|
|
|
5807 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5808 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5809 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5810 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5811 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5812 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5813 *
|
|
|
5814 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5815 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5816 *
|
|
|
5817 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5818 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5819 *
|
|
|
5820 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5821 */
|
|
|
5822
|
|
|
5823 typedef struct
|
|
|
5824 {
|
|
|
5825 short idx;
|
|
|
5826 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5827 Rect box;
|
|
|
5828 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 static void
|
|
|
5833 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5834 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5835 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5836 short X,
|
|
|
5837 short Y,
|
|
|
5838 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5841 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5842 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5843 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5844 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5845 #else
|
|
|
5846 short itemType;
|
|
|
5847 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5848 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5849 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5850
|
|
|
5851 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5852 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5853
|
|
9
|
5854 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5855 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5856 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5857 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5858 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5859 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5860 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5861 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5862 #endif
|
|
|
5863 }
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 static void
|
|
|
5866 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5867 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5868 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5869 short width,
|
|
|
5870 short height)
|
|
|
5871 {
|
|
|
5872 short itemType;
|
|
|
5873 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5874 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5875
|
|
9
|
5876 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5879 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5880 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5881 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5882 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5885 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5886 #else
|
|
|
5887 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5888 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5889 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5892 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5893 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5894 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5897 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5898 #endif
|
|
|
5899 }
|
|
|
5900
|
|
|
5901 static void
|
|
|
5902 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5903 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5904 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5905 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5906 {
|
|
|
5907 short itemType;
|
|
|
5908 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5909 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5910
|
|
9
|
5911 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5914 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5915 else
|
|
9
|
5916 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5917 }
|
|
|
5918
|
|
|
5919 int
|
|
|
5920 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5921 int type,
|
|
|
5922 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5923 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5924 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5925 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5926 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5927 {
|
|
|
5928 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5929 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5930 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5931 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5932 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5933 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5934 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5935 char_u len;
|
|
|
5936 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5937 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5938 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5939 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5940 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5941 Rect box;
|
|
|
5942 short button;
|
|
|
5943 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5944 short itemType;
|
|
|
5945 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5946 short width;
|
|
|
5947 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all button together incuding spacing */
|
|
|
5948 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5949 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5950 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5951 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5952 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5953 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5954
|
|
|
5955 short vertical;
|
|
|
5956 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5957 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5958 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5961 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5962 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5963 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5968 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5969
|
|
|
5970 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5971 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5972
|
|
|
5973 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5974 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5975
|
|
|
5976 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5977 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5978 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5979 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5980 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5981 */
|
|
9
|
5982 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5985 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5986 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5987 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5988 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5989 #else
|
|
9
|
5990 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5991 #endif
|
|
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5994 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5995 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5996 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5999 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
6000 {
|
|
9
|
6001 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
6002 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
6003 }
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
6006 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
6007 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
6008 button = 0;
|
|
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
6011 {
|
|
|
6012 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
6013 button++;
|
|
|
6014 len = 0;
|
|
|
6015 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
6016 {
|
|
|
6017 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
6018 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
6019 }
|
|
|
6020 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
6021 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
6022 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
6023
|
|
|
6024 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
6025 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
6026
|
|
|
6027 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
6028 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
6029
|
|
|
6030 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
6031 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
6032 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
6033 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
6034 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
6035 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
6036 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
6041 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
6042 }
|
|
9
|
6043 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
6044 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
6045
|
|
|
6046 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
6047 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
6048 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
6049 switch (type)
|
|
|
6050 {
|
|
|
6051 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
6052 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
6053 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
6054 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
6055 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
6056 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
6057 };
|
|
9
|
6058 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
6059 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
6060 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
6061 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
6062 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
6063 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
6066 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
6067 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
6068 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
6069 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
6070 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
6071 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
6072 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
6073 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
6076 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
6077 {
|
|
|
6078 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convet to text edit */
|
|
|
6079 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
6080 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
6081 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
6082 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
6083 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
6084 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
6085 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
6086 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
6087 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
6088 }
|
|
|
6089
|
|
|
6090 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
6091 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
6092 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
6093
|
|
|
6094 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
6095
|
|
|
6096 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
6097 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
6098 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
6099
|
|
|
6100 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
6101 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
6102 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
6103 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
6104
|
|
|
6105 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
6106 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
6107 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
6108 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
6111 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
6112 {
|
|
|
6113 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
6114 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
6115 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
6116 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
6117 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
6118 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
6119 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
6120 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
6121 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
6122 }
|
|
|
6123
|
|
|
6124 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
6125 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
6126 {
|
|
|
6127 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
6128 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6129 }
|
|
|
6130 else
|
|
|
6131 {
|
|
|
6132 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
6133 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6134 }
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
6137 {
|
|
|
6138
|
|
9
|
6139 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
7
|
6140 /* With vertical, it's better to have all button the same lenght */
|
|
|
6141 if (vertical)
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
9
|
6143 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
6144 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
6145 }
|
|
|
6146 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
6147 if (vertical)
|
|
|
6148 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6149 else
|
|
|
6150 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6151 }
|
|
|
6152
|
|
|
6153 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
6154 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
6155 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
6156
|
|
|
6157 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
6158 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
6159 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
6160 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
6161 #endif
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 /* Display it */
|
|
|
6164 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
6165 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
6166 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
6167
|
|
9
|
6168 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
6169 #if 0
|
|
9
|
6170 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
6171 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
6172 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
6173 #else
|
|
9
|
6174 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
6175 #endif
|
|
|
6176 #endif
|
|
|
6177
|
|
|
6178 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
6179 do
|
|
|
6180 {
|
|
9
|
6181 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
6182 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
6183
|
|
|
6184 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
6185 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
6186 {
|
|
9
|
6187 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
6188 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
6189 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
6190 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
6191 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
6192 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
6193 #endif
|
|
|
6194 STRNCPY(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
|
6195 textfield[name[0]] = NUL;
|
|
|
6196 }
|
|
|
6197
|
|
|
6198 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
6199 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
6202 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
6203
|
|
|
6204 return itemHit;
|
|
|
6205 /*
|
|
|
6206 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
6207 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
6208 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
6209 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
6210 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
|
6211 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text lenght
|
|
|
6212 */
|
|
|
6213 }
|
|
|
6214 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
6215
|
|
|
6216 /*
|
|
|
6217 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
6218 */
|
|
|
6219 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
6220 void
|
|
|
6221 display_errors()
|
|
|
6222 {
|
|
|
6223 char *p;
|
|
|
6224 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 if (error_ga.ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
6227 {
|
|
|
6228 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
6229 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
6230 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
6231 {
|
|
|
6232 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
6233 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
6234 else
|
|
|
6235 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
6236
|
|
|
6237 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
9
|
6238 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
6239 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
7
|
6240 break;
|
|
|
6241 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
6242 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
6243 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
6244 */
|
|
|
6245 }
|
|
|
6246 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
|
6247 }
|
|
|
6248 }
|
|
|
6249 #endif
|
|
|
6250
|
|
|
6251 /*
|
|
87
|
6252 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
6253 */
|
|
95
|
6254 void
|
|
|
6255 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
6256 {
|
|
|
6257 Point where;
|
|
|
6258
|
|
|
6259 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
6260
|
|
87
|
6261 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
6262 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
6263 }
|
|
|
6264
|
|
|
6265 void
|
|
|
6266 gui_mch_setmouse(x, y)
|
|
|
6267 int x;
|
|
|
6268 int y;
|
|
|
6269 {
|
|
|
6270 /* TODO */
|
|
|
6271 #if 0
|
|
|
6272 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
6275 Point where;
|
|
|
6276
|
|
9
|
6277 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
6278 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
6279 {
|
|
|
6280 /* New way */
|
|
|
6281
|
|
|
6282 /*
|
|
|
6283 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
6284 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
6285 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
6286 *
|
|
|
6287 */
|
|
|
6288
|
|
|
6289 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
6290
|
|
|
6291 do
|
|
|
6292 {
|
|
|
6293 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
6294 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
6295 }
|
|
9
|
6296 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
6297
|
|
|
6298 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
6299 }
|
|
|
6300 else
|
|
|
6301 {
|
|
|
6302 /* Old way */
|
|
|
6303 where.h = x;
|
|
|
6304 where.v = y;
|
|
|
6305
|
|
|
6306 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
6307 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
6308 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
6309 }
|
|
|
6310 #endif
|
|
|
6311 }
|
|
|
6312
|
|
|
6313 void
|
|
|
6314 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(menu)
|
|
|
6315 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
6316 {
|
|
|
6317 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
6318 /*
|
|
|
6319 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
6320 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
6321 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
6322 */
|
|
|
6323
|
|
|
6324 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
6325 Point where;
|
|
|
6326 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
6327 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
6328 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
6329 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
6330 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
6331 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
6332
|
|
|
6333 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
6334 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
6335
|
|
|
6336 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
6337 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
6338 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
6339
|
|
|
6340 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
6341
|
|
|
6342 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
|
6343 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
6344
|
|
|
6345 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
6346 {
|
|
|
6347 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
6348 {
|
|
|
6349 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
6350 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
6351 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
6352 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
6353 }
|
|
|
6354 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
6355 {
|
|
|
6356 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
6357 }
|
|
|
6358 }
|
|
|
6359
|
|
|
6360 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
6361 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
6362 #endif
|
|
|
6363 }
|
|
|
6364
|
|
|
6365 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6366 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
6367 void
|
|
|
6368 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
6369 {
|
|
|
6370 # ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
6371 printf("Writing Buf...\n");
|
|
7
|
6372 # endif
|
|
9
|
6373 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
6374 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
6375 }
|
|
|
6376 #endif
|
|
|
6377
|
|
|
6378 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
6379 /*
|
|
|
6380 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
6381 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
6382 */
|
|
|
6383 void
|
|
|
6384 gui_mch_settitle(title, icon)
|
|
|
6385 char_u *title;
|
|
|
6386 char_u *icon;
|
|
|
6387 {
|
|
|
6388 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
6389 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
6390 */
|
|
168
|
6391 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
6392 CFStringRef windowTitle;
|
|
|
6393 size_t windowTitleLen;
|
|
|
6394 #else
|
|
7
|
6395 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
168
|
6396 #endif
|
|
7
|
6397
|
|
|
6398 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6399 return;
|
|
|
6400
|
|
168
|
6401 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
6402 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title);
|
|
|
6403 windowTitle = mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen);
|
|
|
6404
|
|
|
6405 if (windowTitle)
|
|
|
6406 {
|
|
|
6407 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle);
|
|
|
6408 CFRelease(windowTitle);
|
|
|
6409 }
|
|
|
6410 #else
|
|
7
|
6411 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
6412 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
6413 {
|
|
|
6414 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6415 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6416 }
|
|
168
|
6417 #endif
|
|
7
|
6418 }
|
|
|
6419 #endif
|
|
|
6420
|
|
|
6421 /*
|
|
|
6422 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
6423 */
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 int
|
|
9
|
6426 C2PascalString(CString, PascalString)
|
|
7
|
6427 char_u *CString;
|
|
|
6428 Str255 *PascalString;
|
|
|
6429 {
|
|
|
6430 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
6431 int len;
|
|
|
6432 int i;
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6435 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
6436 return 0;
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
6439 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
6440 len = 255;
|
|
|
6441
|
|
|
6442 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
6443 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
6444
|
|
|
6445 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
6446
|
|
|
6447 return 0;
|
|
|
6448 }
|
|
|
6449
|
|
|
6450 int
|
|
9
|
6451 GetFSSpecFromPath(file, fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
6452 char_u *file;
|
|
|
6453 FSSpec *fileFSSpec;
|
|
|
6454 {
|
|
|
6455 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
6456 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
6457 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
6458 OSErr err;
|
|
|
6459
|
|
9
|
6460 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
6461
|
|
|
6462 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
6463 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
6464 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6465 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
6466
|
|
9
|
6467 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6468
|
|
|
6469 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
6470 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
6471
|
|
|
6472 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
6473 return 0;
|
|
|
6474 }
|
|
|
6475
|
|
|
6476 /*
|
|
|
6477 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
6478 */
|
|
|
6479
|
|
9
|
6480 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
6481 {
|
|
|
6482 /*
|
|
|
6483 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
6484 */
|
|
|
6485
|
|
|
6486 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
6487 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
6488 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
6489 OSErr error;
|
|
|
6490 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
6491 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6492 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
6493 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
6494 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
6495 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
6496 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
6497 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
6498 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
6499 #else
|
|
|
6500 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
6501 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
6502 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
6503 #endif
|
|
|
6504
|
|
|
6505 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6506 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
6507 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
6508 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
6509
|
|
|
6510 if (error)
|
|
|
6511 return NULL;
|
|
|
6512 #endif
|
|
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
|
6515 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
|
6516 filenamePtr[file.name[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6517
|
|
|
6518 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
6519 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6520 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
6521 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6522 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
|
6523 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
6526 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
6527 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
6530 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
6531 return NULL;
|
|
|
6532
|
|
|
6533 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
6534 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
6535 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
6536 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
6537 else
|
|
|
6538 folder = 1;
|
|
|
6539
|
|
|
6540 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6541 /*
|
|
|
6542 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
6543 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
6544 */
|
|
|
6545 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
6546 {
|
|
|
6547 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
6548 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
6549 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
6550 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
6551 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
6552 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
6553 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
6554 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
6555 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
6556 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
6557 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
6558 if (error)
|
|
|
6559 return NULL;
|
|
|
6560
|
|
|
6561 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
6562 if (error)
|
|
|
6563 return NULL;
|
|
|
6564
|
|
|
6565 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
6566 if (status)
|
|
|
6567 return NULL;
|
|
|
6568
|
|
|
6569 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6570 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6571 }
|
|
|
6572 else
|
|
|
6573 {
|
|
|
6574 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
6575 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
6576 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
6577 if (error)
|
|
|
6578 return NULL;
|
|
|
6579
|
|
9
|
6580 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
6581 if (status)
|
|
|
6582 return NULL;
|
|
|
6583 }
|
|
|
6584
|
|
|
6585 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
6586 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6587 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6588
|
|
|
6589 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
6590 #else
|
|
|
6591 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
6592 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
6593 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
6594
|
|
|
6595 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
6596 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
6597 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6598 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6599
|
|
9
|
6600 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
6601 do
|
|
|
6602 {
|
|
|
6603 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6604 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6605 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6606 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
6607 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6608
|
|
|
6609 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6610 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6611 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 if (error)
|
|
|
6614 return NULL;
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
6617 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6618 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
6619 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6620 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6621 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6622 }
|
|
|
6623 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
6624 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
6625 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
6626 #else
|
|
|
6627 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
6628 #endif
|
|
|
6629
|
|
|
6630 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
6631 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6632 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6633 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6634 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
6635 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6636
|
|
|
6637 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6638 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6639 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6640
|
|
|
6641 if (error)
|
|
|
6642 return NULL;
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
6645 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
|
6646 /* when we are not refering to the boot volume */
|
|
|
6647 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6648 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6649 #endif
|
|
|
6650 {
|
|
|
6651 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6652 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6653 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
6654 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6655 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6656 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6657
|
|
|
6658 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6659 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6660 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6661 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6662 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6663 #endif
|
|
|
6664 }
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6667 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6668 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6671 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6672 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6673 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6674 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6675 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6676 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6677 {
|
|
|
6678 char *p;
|
|
|
6679 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6680 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6681 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6682 }
|
|
|
6683 #endif
|
|
|
6684
|
|
9
|
6685 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6686 #endif
|
|
|
6687 }
|
|
|
6688
|
|
|
6689 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6690 /*
|
|
|
6691 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6692 */
|
|
|
6693
|
|
|
6694 /*
|
|
|
6695 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6696 */
|
|
|
6697 void
|
|
|
6698 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6699 {
|
|
|
6700 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
6701 }
|
|
|
6702
|
|
|
6703 /*
|
|
|
6704 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6705 */
|
|
|
6706 void
|
|
|
6707 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6708 {
|
|
|
6709 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
6710 }
|
|
|
6711
|
|
|
6712 /*
|
|
|
6713 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6714 */
|
|
|
6715 int
|
|
|
6716 im_get_status()
|
|
|
6717 {
|
|
|
6718 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6719 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
6720 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
6721 }
|
|
|
6722 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
